summary refs log tree commit diff
path: root/Documentation
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm185
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events62
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu605013
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D013
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D114
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D214
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state20
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state23
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ts550047
-rw-r--r--Documentation/CodingStyle10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl58
-rw-r--r--Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt37
-rw-r--r--Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/acpi/scan_handlers.txt77
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm64/memory.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/atomic_ops.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/backlight/lp855x-driver.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/cgroups/00-INDEX2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/cgroups/cgroup_event_listener.c110
-rw-r--r--Documentation/cgroups/memcg_test.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-system.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arch_timer.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-aic.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/kirkwood.txt27
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/psci.txt55
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.txt10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ste-nomadik.txt27
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt32
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vt8500.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-gpmc.txt84
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx31-clock.txt91
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra20-car.txt205
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra30-car.txt262
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/prima2-clock.txt73
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/exynos/g2d.txt22
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/ina209.txt18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/max6697.txt64
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/imx-keypad.txt53
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/lpc32xx-key.txt9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/nvidia,tegra20-kbc.txt22
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/omap-keypad.txt13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/tca8418_keypad.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-ns2.txt (renamed from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/leds-ns2.txt)0
-rwxr-xr-xDocumentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps6507x.txt91
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cavium/dma-engine.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/samsung-sdhci.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsmc-nand.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmc-nand.txt80
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmc-onenand.txt43
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt60
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra114-pinmux.txt120
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/ste,nomadik.txt140
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/qnap-poweroff.txt13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/restart-poweroff.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/srio.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/anatop-regulator.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/s5m8767-regulator.txt152
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps51632-regulator.txt27
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps62360-regulator.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nvidia,tegra20-hsuart.txt24
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak4642.txt17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4271.txt12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm9712.txt51
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra20-ac97.txt22
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-twl4030.txt46
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,fsi.txt26
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung,smdk-wm8994.txt14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung-i2s.txt63
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic3x.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8962.txt16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/iio/adc/mxs-lradc.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/arc-uart.txt26
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/efm32-uart.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt22
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-ehci.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-usb-phy.txt17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/omap-usb.txt34
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/samsung-usbphy.txt55
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-phy.txt35
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb3503.txt20
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/samsung-wdt.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt15
-rw-r--r--[-rwxr-xr-x]Documentation/hid/hid-sensor.txt0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/coretemp9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/ina20993
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/it8716
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/jc423
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/lm7390
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/max3444016
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/max669758
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/zl610026
-rw-r--r--Documentation/intel_txt.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt23
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/magic-number.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/memory-barriers.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/00-INDEX6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/DLINK.txt203
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qlcnic2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/cs89x0.txt79
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/depca.txt92
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/ewrk3.txt46
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/filter.txt11
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt19
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/multicast.txt63
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/netconsole.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/nf_conntrack-sysctl.txt176
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/operstates.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/phy.txt11
-rw-r--r--Documentation/nfc/nfc-hci.txt129
-rw-r--r--Documentation/nfc/nfc-pn544.txt84
-rw-r--r--Documentation/pinctrl.txt18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.txt5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/printk-formats.txt14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/serial/driver44
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt126
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/alsa/compress_offload.txt46
-rw-r--r--Documentation/trace/events-power.txt27
-rw-r--r--Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt83
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt137
-rw-r--r--Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/x86/boot.txt28
-rw-r--r--Documentation/x86/zero-page.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/zh_CN/CodingStyle7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt2
155 files changed, 4135 insertions, 979 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a60b45e2493b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+What:		/sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description:	The device/ directory under a specific TPM instance exposes
+		the properties of that TPM chip
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/active
+Date:		April 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.17
+Contact:	tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description:	The "active" property prints a '1' if the TPM chip is accepting
+		commands. An inactive TPM chip still contains all the state of
+		an active chip (Storage Root Key, NVRAM, etc), and can be
+		visible to the OS, but will only accept a restricted set of
+		commands. See the TPM Main Specification part 2, Structures,
+		section 17 for more information on which commands are
+		available.
+
+What:		/sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/cancel
+Date:		June 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.13
+Contact:	tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description:	The "cancel" property allows you to cancel the currently
+		pending TPM command. Writing any value to cancel will call the
+		TPM vendor specific cancel operation.
+
+What:		/sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/caps
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description:	The "caps" property contains TPM manufacturer and version info.
+
+		Example output:
+
+		Manufacturer: 0x53544d20
+		TCG version: 1.2
+		Firmware version: 8.16
+
+		Manufacturer is a hex dump of the 4 byte manufacturer info
+		space in a TPM. TCG version shows the TCG TPM spec level that
+		the chip supports. Firmware version is that of the chip and
+		is manufacturer specific.
+
+What:		/sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/durations
+Date:		March 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.1
+Contact:	tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description:	The "durations" property shows the 3 vendor-specific values
+		used to wait for a short, medium and long TPM command. All
+		TPM commands are categorized as short, medium or long in
+		execution time, so that the driver doesn't have to wait
+		any longer than necessary before starting to poll for a
+		result.
+
+		Example output:
+
+		3015000 4508000 180995000 [original]
+
+		Here the short, medium and long durations are displayed in
+		usecs. "[original]" indicates that the values are displayed
+		unmodified from when they were queried from the chip.
+		Durations can be modified in the case where a buggy chip
+		reports them in msec instead of usec and they need to be
+		scaled to be displayed in usecs. In this case "[adjusted]"
+		will be displayed in place of "[original]".
+
+What:		/sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/enabled
+Date:		April 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.17
+Contact:	tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description:	The "enabled" property prints a '1' if the TPM chip is enabled,
+		meaning that it should be visible to the OS. This property
+		may be visible but produce a '0' after some operation that
+		disables the TPM.
+
+What:		/sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/owned
+Date:		April 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.17
+Contact:	tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description:	The "owned" property produces a '1' if the TPM_TakeOwnership
+		ordinal has been executed successfully in the chip. A '0'
+		indicates that ownership hasn't been taken.
+
+What:		/sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/pcrs
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description:	The "pcrs" property will dump the current value of all Platform
+		Configuration Registers in the TPM. Note that since these
+		values may be constantly changing, the output is only valid
+		for a snapshot in time.
+
+		Example output:
+
+		PCR-00: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
+		PCR-01: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
+		PCR-02: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
+		PCR-03: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
+		PCR-04: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
+		...
+
+		The number of PCRs and hex bytes needed to represent a PCR
+		value will vary depending on TPM chip version. For TPM 1.1 and
+		1.2 chips, PCRs represent SHA-1 hashes, which are 20 bytes
+		long. Use the "caps" property to determine TPM version.
+
+What:		/sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/pubek
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description:	The "pubek" property will return the TPM's public endorsement
+		key if possible. If the TPM has had ownership established and
+		is version 1.2, the pubek will not be available without the
+		owner's authorization. Since the TPM driver doesn't store any
+		secrets, it can't authorize its own request for the pubek,
+		making it unaccessible. The public endorsement key is gener-
+		ated at TPM menufacture time and exists for the life of the
+		chip.
+
+		Example output:
+
+		Algorithm: 00 00 00 01
+		Encscheme: 00 03
+		Sigscheme: 00 01
+		Parameters: 00 00 08 00 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 00
+		Modulus length: 256
+		Modulus:
+		B4 76 41 82 C9 20 2C 10 18 40 BC 8B E5 44 4C 6C
+		3A B2 92 0C A4 9B 2A 83 EB 5C 12 85 04 48 A0 B6
+		1E E4 81 84 CE B2 F2 45 1C F0 85 99 61 02 4D EB
+		86 C4 F7 F3 29 60 52 93 6B B2 E5 AB 8B A9 09 E3
+		D7 0E 7D CA 41 BF 43 07 65 86 3C 8C 13 7A D0 8B
+		82 5E 96 0B F8 1F 5F 34 06 DA A2 52 C1 A9 D5 26
+		0F F4 04 4B D9 3F 2D F2 AC 2F 74 64 1F 8B CD 3E
+		1E 30 38 6C 70 63 69 AB E2 50 DF 49 05 2E E1 8D
+		6F 78 44 DA 57 43 69 EE 76 6C 38 8A E9 8E A3 F0
+		A7 1F 3C A8 D0 12 15 3E CA 0E BD FA 24 CD 33 C6
+		47 AE A4 18 83 8E 22 39 75 93 86 E6 FD 66 48 B6
+		10 AD 94 14 65 F9 6A 17 78 BD 16 53 84 30 BF 70
+		E0 DC 65 FD 3C C6 B0 1E BF B9 C1 B5 6C EF B1 3A
+		F8 28 05 83 62 26 11 DC B4 6B 5A 97 FF 32 26 B6
+		F7 02 71 CF 15 AE 16 DD D1 C1 8E A8 CF 9B 50 7B
+		C3 91 FF 44 1E CF 7C 39 FE 17 77 21 20 BD CE 9B
+
+		Possible values:
+
+		Algorithm:	TPM_ALG_RSA			(1)
+		Encscheme:	TPM_ES_RSAESPKCSv15		(2)
+				TPM_ES_RSAESOAEP_SHA1_MGF1	(3)
+		Sigscheme:	TPM_SS_NONE			(1)
+		Parameters, a byte string of 3 u32 values:
+			Key Length (bits):	00 00 08 00	(2048)
+			Num primes:		00 00 00 02	(2)
+			Exponent Size:		00 00 00 00	(0 means the
+								 default exp)
+		Modulus Length: 256 (bytes)
+		Modulus:	The 256 byte Endorsement Key modulus
+
+What:		/sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/temp_deactivated
+Date:		April 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.17
+Contact:	tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description:	The "temp_deactivated" property returns a '1' if the chip has
+		been temporarily dectivated, usually until the next power
+		cycle. Whether a warm boot (reboot) will clear a TPM chip
+		from a temp_deactivated state is platform specific.
+
+What:		/sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/timeouts
+Date:		March 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.1
+Contact:	tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description:	The "timeouts" property shows the 4 vendor-specific values
+		for the TPM's interface spec timeouts. The use of these
+		timeouts is defined by the TPM interface spec that the chip
+		conforms to.
+
+		Example output:
+
+		750000 750000 750000 750000 [original]
+
+		The four timeout values are shown in usecs, with a trailing
+		"[original]" or "[adjusted]" depending on whether the values
+		were scaled by the driver to be reported in usec from msecs.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
index ec0a38ef3145..f1c5cc9d17a8 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
@@ -18,17 +18,21 @@ Description:
 		rule format: action [condition ...]
 
 		action: measure | dont_measure | appraise | dont_appraise | audit
-		condition:= base | lsm
-			base:	[[func=] [mask=] [fsmagic=] [uid=] [fowner]]
+		condition:= base | lsm  [option]
+			base:	[[func=] [mask=] [fsmagic=] [fsuuid=] [uid=]
+				 [fowner]]
 			lsm:	[[subj_user=] [subj_role=] [subj_type=]
 				 [obj_user=] [obj_role=] [obj_type=]]
+			option:	[[appraise_type=]]
 
-		base: 	func:= [BPRM_CHECK][FILE_MMAP][FILE_CHECK][MODULE_CHECK]
+		base: 	func:= [BPRM_CHECK][MMAP_CHECK][FILE_CHECK][MODULE_CHECK]
 			mask:= [MAY_READ] [MAY_WRITE] [MAY_APPEND] [MAY_EXEC]
 			fsmagic:= hex value
+			fsuuid:= file system UUID (e.g 8bcbe394-4f13-4144-be8e-5aa9ea2ce2f6)
 			uid:= decimal value
 			fowner:=decimal value
 		lsm:  	are LSM specific
+		option:	appraise_type:= [imasig]
 
 		default policy:
 			# PROC_SUPER_MAGIC
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore b/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore
index ff1df4e3b059..5fca9f5e10a3 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-Where:		/dev/pstore/...
+Where:		/sys/fs/pstore/... (or /dev/pstore/...)
 Date:		March 2011
 Kernel Version: 2.6.39
 Contact:	tony.luck@intel.com
@@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ Description:	Generic interface to platform dependent persistent storage.
 		of the console log is captured, but other interesting
 		data can also be saved.
 
-		# mount -t pstore -o kmsg_bytes=8000 - /dev/pstore
+		# mount -t pstore -o kmsg_bytes=8000 - /sys/fs/pstore
 
-		$ ls -l /dev/pstore
+		$ ls -l /sys/fs/pstore/
 		total 0
 		-r--r--r-- 1 root root 7896 Nov 30 15:38 dmesg-erst-1
 
@@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ Description:	Generic interface to platform dependent persistent storage.
 		the file will signal to the underlying persistent storage
 		device that it can reclaim the space for later re-use.
 
-		$ rm /dev/pstore/dmesg-erst-1
+		$ rm /sys/fs/pstore/dmesg-erst-1
 
-		The expectation is that all files in /dev/pstore
+		The expectation is that all files in /sys/fs/pstore/
 		will be saved elsewhere and erased from persistent store
 		soon after boot to free up space ready for the next
 		catastrophe.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..0adeb524c0d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/cpu/events/
+		/sys/devices/cpu/events/branch-misses
+		/sys/devices/cpu/events/cache-references
+		/sys/devices/cpu/events/cache-misses
+		/sys/devices/cpu/events/stalled-cycles-frontend
+		/sys/devices/cpu/events/branch-instructions
+		/sys/devices/cpu/events/stalled-cycles-backend
+		/sys/devices/cpu/events/instructions
+		/sys/devices/cpu/events/cpu-cycles
+
+Date:		2013/01/08
+
+Contact:	Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+
+Description:	Generic performance monitoring events
+
+		A collection of performance monitoring events that may be
+		supported by many/most CPUs. These events can be monitored
+		using the 'perf(1)' tool.
+
+		The contents of each file would look like:
+
+			event=0xNNNN
+
+		where 'N' is a hex digit and the number '0xNNNN' shows the
+		"raw code" for the perf event identified by the file's
+		"basename".
+
+
+What: 		/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_LD_MISS_L1
+		/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_LD_REF_L1
+		/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CYC
+		/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_BRU_FIN
+		/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_GCT_NOSLOT_CYC
+		/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_BRU_MPRED
+		/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_INST_CMPL
+		/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL
+
+Date:		2013/01/08
+
+Contact:	Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+		Linux Powerpc mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org>
+
+Description:	POWER-systems specific performance monitoring events
+
+		A collection of performance monitoring events that may be
+		supported by the POWER CPU. These events can be monitored
+		using the 'perf(1)' tool.
+
+		These events may not be supported by other CPUs.
+
+		The contents of each file would look like:
+
+			event=0xNNNN
+
+		where 'N' is a hex digit and the number '0xNNNN' shows the
+		"raw code" for the perf event identified by the file's
+		"basename".
+
+		Further, multiple terms like 'event=0xNNNN' can be specified
+		and separated with comma. All available terms are defined in
+		the /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<dev>/format file.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..cb53737aacbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+What:           /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_gyro_matrix
+What:           /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_matrix
+What:           /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_matrix
+KernelVersion:  3.4.0
+Contact:        linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		This is mounting matrix for motion sensors. Mounting matrix
+		is a 3x3 unitary matrix. A typical mounting matrix would look like
+		[0, 1, 0; 1, 0, 0; 0, 0, -1]. Using this information, it would be
+		easy to tell the relative positions among sensors as well as their
+		positions relative to the board that holds these sensors. Identity matrix
+		[1, 0, 0; 0, 1, 0; 0, 0, 1] means sensor chip and device are perfectly
+		aligned with each other. All axes are exactly the same.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
index b6fbe514a869..c8baaf53594a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
@@ -227,3 +227,12 @@ Contact:	Lan Tianyu <tianyu.lan@intel.com>
 Description:
 		The /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX
 		is usb port device's sysfs directory.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/connect_type
+Date:		January 2013
+Contact:	Lan Tianyu <tianyu.lan@intel.com>
+Description:
+		Some platforms provide usb port connect types through ACPI.
+		This attribute is to expose these information to user space.
+		The file will read "hotplug", "wired" and "not used" if the
+		information is available, and "unknown" otherwise.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi
index 5f500977b42f..d773d5697cf5 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi
@@ -48,3 +48,8 @@ max_ratio (read-write)
 	most of the write-back cache.  For example in case of an NFS
 	mount that is prone to get stuck, or a FUSE mount which cannot
 	be trusted to play fair.
+
+stable_pages_required (read-only)
+
+	If set, the backing device requires that all pages comprising a write
+	request must not be changed until writeout is complete.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..73b77a6be196
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/.../power_resources_D0/
+Date:		January 2013
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D0/ directory is only
+		present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that
+		use ACPI power resources for power management.
+
+		If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories
+		representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for
+		the given device node to be in ACPI power state D0.  The names
+		of the links are the same as the names of the directories they
+		point to.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..30c20703fb8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/.../power_resources_D1/
+Date:		January 2013
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D1/ directory is only
+		present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that
+		use ACPI power resources for power management and support ACPI
+		power state D1.
+
+		If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories
+		representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for
+		the given device node to be in ACPI power state D1.  The names
+		of the links are the same as the names of the directories they
+		point to.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..fd9d84b421e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/.../power_resources_D2/
+Date:		January 2013
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D2/ directory is only
+		present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that
+		use ACPI power resources for power management and support ACPI
+		power state D2.
+
+		If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories
+		representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for
+		the given device node to be in ACPI power state D2.  The names
+		of the links are the same as the names of the directories they
+		point to.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3df32c20addf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/.../power_resources_D3hot/
+Date:		January 2013
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D3hot/ directory is only
+		present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that
+		use ACPI power resources for power management and support ACPI
+		power state D3hot.
+
+		If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories
+		representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for
+		the given device node to be in ACPI power state D3hot.  The
+		names of the links are the same as the names of the directories
+		they point to.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7ad9546748f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/.../power_state
+Date:		January 2013
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../power_state attribute is only present for
+		device objects representing ACPI device nodes that provide power
+		management methods.
+
+		If present, it contains a string representing the current ACPI
+		power state of the given device node.  Its possible values,
+		"D0", "D1", "D2", "D3hot", and "D3cold", reflect the power state
+		names defined by the ACPI specification (ACPI 4 and above).
+
+		If the device node uses shared ACPI power resources, this state
+		determines a list of power resources required not to be turned
+		off.  However, some power resources needed by the device node in
+		higher-power (lower-number) states may also be ON because of
+		some other devices using them at the moment.
+
+		This attribute is read-only.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8b3527c82a7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/.../real_power_state
+Date:		January 2013
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../real_power_state attribute is only present
+		for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that provide
+		power management methods and use ACPI power resources for power
+		management.
+
+		If present, it contains a string representing the real ACPI
+		power state of the given device node as returned by the _PSC
+		control method or inferred from the configuration of power
+		resources.  Its possible values, "D0", "D1", "D2", "D3hot", and
+		"D3cold", reflect the power state names defined by the ACPI
+		specification (ACPI 4 and above).
+
+		In some situations the value of this attribute may be different
+		from the value of the /sys/devices/.../power_state attribute for
+		the same device object.  If that happens, some shared power
+		resources used by the device node are only ON because of some
+		other devices using them at the moment.
+
+		This attribute is read-only.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b4a3bc5922a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/.../resource_in_use
+Date:		January 2013
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../resource_in_use attribute is only present
+		for device objects representing ACPI power resources.
+
+		If present, it contains a number (0 or 1) representing the
+		current status of the given power resource (0 means that the
+		resource is not in use and therefore it has been turned off).
+
+		This attribute is read-only.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ts5500 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ts5500
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c88375a537a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ts5500
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/ts5500/adc
+Date:		January 2013
+KernelVersion:	3.7
+Contact:	"Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com>
+Description:
+		Indicates the presence of an A/D Converter. If it is present,
+		it will display "1", otherwise "0".
+
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/ts5500/ereset
+Date:		January 2013
+KernelVersion:	3.7
+Contact:	"Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com>
+Description:
+		Indicates the presence of an external reset. If it is present,
+		it will display "1", otherwise "0".
+
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/ts5500/id
+Date:		January 2013
+KernelVersion:	3.7
+Contact:	"Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com>
+Description:
+		Product ID of the TS board. TS-5500 ID is 0x60.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/ts5500/jumpers
+Date:		January 2013
+KernelVersion:	3.7
+Contact:	"Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com>
+Description:
+		Bitfield showing the jumpers' state. If a jumper is present,
+		the corresponding bit is set. For instance, 0x0e means jumpers
+		2, 3 and 4 are set.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/ts5500/rs485
+Date:		January 2013
+KernelVersion:	3.7
+Contact:	"Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com>
+Description:
+		Indicates the presence of the RS485 option. If it is present,
+		it will display "1", otherwise "0".
+
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/ts5500/sram
+Date:		January 2013
+KernelVersion:	3.7
+Contact:	"Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com>
+Description:
+		Indicates the presence of the SRAM option. If it is present,
+		it will display "1", otherwise "0".
diff --git a/Documentation/CodingStyle b/Documentation/CodingStyle
index 495e5ba1634c..e00b8f0dde52 100644
--- a/Documentation/CodingStyle
+++ b/Documentation/CodingStyle
@@ -546,15 +546,7 @@ config AUDIT
 	  logging of avc messages output).  Does not do system-call
 	  auditing without CONFIG_AUDITSYSCALL.
 
-Features that might still be considered unstable should be defined as
-dependent on "EXPERIMENTAL":
-
-config SLUB
-	depends on EXPERIMENTAL && !ARCH_USES_SLAB_PAGE_STRUCT
-	bool "SLUB (Unqueued Allocator)"
-	...
-
-while seriously dangerous features (such as write support for certain
+Seriously dangerous features (such as write support for certain
 filesystems) should advertise this prominently in their prompt string:
 
 config ADFS_FS_RW
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl
index 42e7f030cb16..284ced7a228f 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl
@@ -107,8 +107,8 @@
 !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h key_params
 !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h survey_info_flags
 !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h survey_info
-!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h beacon_parameters
-!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h plink_actions
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_beacon_data
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_ap_settings
 !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h station_parameters
 !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h station_info_flags
 !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h rate_info_flags
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl
index a23bc375b5ad..d0758b241b23 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl
@@ -1185,13 +1185,6 @@ static struct block_device_operations opt_fops = {
     </para>
 
     <para>
-     You may well want to make your CONFIG option only visible if
-     <symbol>CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL</symbol> is enabled: this serves as a
-     warning to users.  There many other fancy things you can do: see
-     the various <filename>Kconfig</filename> files for ideas.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
      In your description of the option, make sure you address both the
      expert user and the user who knows nothing about your feature.  Mention
      incompatibilities and issues here.  <emphasis> Definitely
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl
index 4ee4ba3509fc..f77358f96930 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl
@@ -94,10 +94,8 @@
   <sect1 id="CompileKGDB">
     <title>Kernel config options for kgdb</title>
     <para>
-    To enable <symbol>CONFIG_KGDB</symbol> you should first turn on
-    "Prompt for development and/or incomplete code/drivers"
-    (CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL) in  "General setup", then under the
-    "Kernel debugging" select "KGDB: kernel debugger".
+    To enable <symbol>CONFIG_KGDB</symbol> you should look under
+    "Kernel debugging" and select "KGDB: kernel debugger".
     </para>
     <para>
     While it is not a hard requirement that you have symbols in your
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl
index ddb05e98af0d..95618159e29b 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl
@@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ int main()
 		return errno;
 	}
 	configfd = open(&quot;/sys/class/uio/uio0/device/config&quot;, O_RDWR);
-	if (uiofd &lt; 0) {
+	if (configfd &lt; 0) {
 		perror(&quot;config open:&quot;);
 		return errno;
 	}
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl
index fb32aead5a0b..bd6fee22c4dd 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl
@@ -871,9 +871,8 @@
       <para>
       This function itself doesn't allocate the data space. The data
       must be allocated manually beforehand, and its pointer is passed
-      as the argument. This pointer is used as the
-      (<parameter>chip</parameter> identifier in the above example)
-      for the instance. 
+      as the argument. This pointer (<parameter>chip</parameter> in the
+      above example) is used as the identifier for the instance.
       </para>
 
       <para>
@@ -2304,7 +2303,7 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
         <constant>SNDRV_PCM_INFO_XXX</constant>. Here, at least, you
         have to specify whether the mmap is supported and which
         interleaved format is supported.
-        When the is supported, add the
+        When the hardware supports mmap, add the
         <constant>SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP</constant> flag here. When the
         hardware supports the interleaved or the non-interleaved
         formats, <constant>SNDRV_PCM_INFO_INTERLEAVED</constant> or
@@ -2898,7 +2897,7 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
 
         <para>
           When the pcm supports the pause operation (given in the info
-        field of the hardware table), the <constant>PAUSE_PUSE</constant>
+        field of the hardware table), the <constant>PAUSE_PUSH</constant>
         and <constant>PAUSE_RELEASE</constant> commands must be
         handled here, too. The former is the command to pause the pcm,
         and the latter to restart the pcm again. 
@@ -3085,7 +3084,7 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
       <section id="pcm-interface-interrupt-handler-timer">
         <title>High frequency timer interrupts</title>
         <para>
-	This happense when the hardware doesn't generate interrupts
+	This happens when the hardware doesn't generate interrupts
         at the period boundary but issues timer interrupts at a fixed
         timer rate (e.g. es1968 or ymfpci drivers). 
         In this case, you need to check the current hardware
@@ -3251,18 +3250,19 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
 	  <title>Example of Hardware Constraints for Channels</title>
 	  <programlisting>
 <![CDATA[
-  static int hw_rule_format_by_channels(struct snd_pcm_hw_params *params,
+  static int hw_rule_channels_by_format(struct snd_pcm_hw_params *params,
                                         struct snd_pcm_hw_rule *rule)
   {
           struct snd_interval *c = hw_param_interval(params,
-                SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS);
+                        SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS);
           struct snd_mask *f = hw_param_mask(params, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FORMAT);
-          struct snd_mask fmt;
+          struct snd_interval ch;
 
-          snd_mask_any(&fmt);    /* Init the struct */
-          if (c->min < 2) {
-                  fmt.bits[0] &= SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S16_LE;
-                  return snd_mask_refine(f, &fmt);
+          snd_interval_any(&ch);
+          if (f->bits[0] == SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S16_LE) {
+                  ch.min = ch.max = 1;
+                  ch.integer = 1;
+                  return snd_interval_refine(c, &ch);
           }
           return 0;
   }
@@ -3278,35 +3278,35 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
 	 <programlisting>
 <![CDATA[
   snd_pcm_hw_rule_add(substream->runtime, 0, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS,
-                      hw_rule_channels_by_format, 0, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FORMAT,
-                      -1);
+                      hw_rule_channels_by_format, NULL,
+                      SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FORMAT, -1);
 ]]>
           </programlisting>
         </informalexample>
       </para>
 
       <para>
-        The rule function is called when an application sets the number of
-        channels. But an application can set the format before the number of
-        channels. Thus you also need to define the inverse rule:
+        The rule function is called when an application sets the PCM
+	format, and it refines the number of channels accordingly.
+        But an application may set the number of channels before
+	setting the format. Thus you also need to define the inverse rule:
 
        <example>
-	 <title>Example of Hardware Constraints for Channels</title>
+	 <title>Example of Hardware Constraints for Formats</title>
 	 <programlisting>
 <![CDATA[
-  static int hw_rule_channels_by_format(struct snd_pcm_hw_params *params,
+  static int hw_rule_format_by_channels(struct snd_pcm_hw_params *params,
                                         struct snd_pcm_hw_rule *rule)
   {
           struct snd_interval *c = hw_param_interval(params,
-                        SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS);
+                SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS);
           struct snd_mask *f = hw_param_mask(params, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FORMAT);
-          struct snd_interval ch;
+          struct snd_mask fmt;
 
-          snd_interval_any(&ch);
-          if (f->bits[0] == SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S16_LE) {
-                  ch.min = ch.max = 1;
-                  ch.integer = 1;
-                  return snd_interval_refine(c, &ch);
+          snd_mask_any(&fmt);    /* Init the struct */
+          if (c->min < 2) {
+                  fmt.bits[0] &= SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S16_LE;
+                  return snd_mask_refine(f, &fmt);
           }
           return 0;
   }
@@ -3321,8 +3321,8 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
 	 <programlisting>
 <![CDATA[
   snd_pcm_hw_rule_add(substream->runtime, 0, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FORMAT,
-                      hw_rule_format_by_channels, 0, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS,
-                      -1);
+                      hw_rule_format_by_channels, NULL,
+                      SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS, -1);
 ]]>
           </programlisting>
         </informalexample>
diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt
index 53e6fca146d7..a09178086c30 100644
--- a/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt
+++ b/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt
@@ -127,15 +127,42 @@ on the number of vectors that can be allocated; pci_enable_msi_block()
 returns as soon as it finds any constraint that doesn't allow the
 call to succeed.
 
-4.2.3 pci_disable_msi
+4.2.3 pci_enable_msi_block_auto
+
+int pci_enable_msi_block_auto(struct pci_dev *dev, unsigned int *count)
+
+This variation on pci_enable_msi() call allows a device driver to request
+the maximum possible number of MSIs.  The MSI specification only allows
+interrupts to be allocated in powers of two, up to a maximum of 2^5 (32).
+
+If this function returns a positive number, it indicates that it has
+succeeded and the returned value is the number of allocated interrupts. In
+this case, the function enables MSI on this device and updates dev->irq to
+be the lowest of the new interrupts assigned to it.  The other interrupts
+assigned to the device are in the range dev->irq to dev->irq + returned
+value - 1.
+
+If this function returns a negative number, it indicates an error and
+the driver should not attempt to request any more MSI interrupts for
+this device.
+
+If the device driver needs to know the number of interrupts the device
+supports it can pass the pointer count where that number is stored. The
+device driver must decide what action to take if pci_enable_msi_block_auto()
+succeeds, but returns a value less than the number of interrupts supported.
+If the device driver does not need to know the number of interrupts
+supported, it can set the pointer count to NULL.
+
+4.2.4 pci_disable_msi
 
 void pci_disable_msi(struct pci_dev *dev)
 
 This function should be used to undo the effect of pci_enable_msi() or
-pci_enable_msi_block().  Calling it restores dev->irq to the pin-based
-interrupt number and frees the previously allocated message signaled
-interrupt(s).  The interrupt may subsequently be assigned to another
-device, so drivers should not cache the value of dev->irq.
+pci_enable_msi_block() or pci_enable_msi_block_auto().  Calling it restores
+dev->irq to the pin-based interrupt number and frees the previously
+allocated message signaled interrupt(s).  The interrupt may subsequently be
+assigned to another device, so drivers should not cache the value of
+dev->irq.
 
 Before calling this function, a device driver must always call free_irq()
 on any interrupt for which it previously called request_irq().
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt b/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt
index 54469bc81b1c..94a656131885 100644
--- a/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt
+++ b/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt
@@ -63,8 +63,8 @@ from ACPI tables.
 Currently the kernel is not able to automatically determine from which ACPI
 device it should make the corresponding platform device so we need to add
 the ACPI device explicitly to acpi_platform_device_ids list defined in
-drivers/acpi/scan.c. This limitation is only for the platform devices, SPI
-and I2C devices are created automatically as described below.
+drivers/acpi/acpi_platform.c. This limitation is only for the platform
+devices, SPI and I2C devices are created automatically as described below.
 
 SPI serial bus support
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/scan_handlers.txt b/Documentation/acpi/scan_handlers.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3246ccf15992
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/acpi/scan_handlers.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+ACPI Scan Handlers
+
+Copyright (C) 2012, Intel Corporation
+Author: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+
+During system initialization and ACPI-based device hot-add, the ACPI namespace
+is scanned in search of device objects that generally represent various pieces
+of hardware.  This causes a struct acpi_device object to be created and
+registered with the driver core for every device object in the ACPI namespace
+and the hierarchy of those struct acpi_device objects reflects the namespace
+layout (i.e. parent device objects in the namespace are represented by parent
+struct acpi_device objects and analogously for their children).  Those struct
+acpi_device objects are referred to as "device nodes" in what follows, but they
+should not be confused with struct device_node objects used by the Device Trees
+parsing code (although their role is analogous to the role of those objects).
+
+During ACPI-based device hot-remove device nodes representing pieces of hardware
+being removed are unregistered and deleted.
+
+The core ACPI namespace scanning code in drivers/acpi/scan.c carries out basic
+initialization of device nodes, such as retrieving common configuration
+information from the device objects represented by them and populating them with
+appropriate data, but some of them require additional handling after they have
+been registered.  For example, if the given device node represents a PCI host
+bridge, its registration should cause the PCI bus under that bridge to be
+enumerated and PCI devices on that bus to be registered with the driver core.
+Similarly, if the device node represents a PCI interrupt link, it is necessary
+to configure that link so that the kernel can use it.
+
+Those additional configuration tasks usually depend on the type of the hardware
+component represented by the given device node which can be determined on the
+basis of the device node's hardware ID (HID).  They are performed by objects
+called ACPI scan handlers represented by the following structure:
+
+struct acpi_scan_handler {
+	const struct acpi_device_id *ids;
+	struct list_head list_node;
+	int (*attach)(struct acpi_device *dev, const struct acpi_device_id *id);
+	void (*detach)(struct acpi_device *dev);
+};
+
+where ids is the list of IDs of device nodes the given handler is supposed to
+take care of, list_node is the hook to the global list of ACPI scan handlers
+maintained by the ACPI core and the .attach() and .detach() callbacks are
+executed, respectively, after registration of new device nodes and before
+unregistration of device nodes the handler attached to previously.
+
+The namespace scanning function, acpi_bus_scan(), first registers all of the
+device nodes in the given namespace scope with the driver core.  Then, it tries
+to match a scan handler against each of them using the ids arrays of the
+available scan handlers.  If a matching scan handler is found, its .attach()
+callback is executed for the given device node.  If that callback returns 1,
+that means that the handler has claimed the device node and is now responsible
+for carrying out any additional configuration tasks related to it.  It also will
+be responsible for preparing the device node for unregistration in that case.
+The device node's handler field is then populated with the address of the scan
+handler that has claimed it.
+
+If the .attach() callback returns 0, it means that the device node is not
+interesting to the given scan handler and may be matched against the next scan
+handler in the list.  If it returns a (negative) error code, that means that
+the namespace scan should be terminated due to a serious error.  The error code
+returned should then reflect the type of the error.
+
+The namespace trimming function, acpi_bus_trim(), first executes .detach()
+callbacks from the scan handlers of all device nodes in the given namespace
+scope (if they have scan handlers).  Next, it unregisters all of the device
+nodes in that scope.
+
+ACPI scan handlers can be added to the list maintained by the ACPI core with the
+help of the acpi_scan_add_handler() function taking a pointer to the new scan
+handler as an argument.  The order in which scan handlers are added to the list
+is the order in which they are matched against device nodes during namespace
+scans.
+
+All scan handles must be added to the list before acpi_bus_scan() is run for the
+first time and they cannot be removed from it.
diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/memory.txt b/Documentation/arm64/memory.txt
index d758702fc03c..5f583af0a6e1 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm64/memory.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm64/memory.txt
@@ -35,6 +35,8 @@ ffffffbc00000000	ffffffbdffffffff	   8GB		vmemmap
 
 ffffffbe00000000	ffffffbffbbfffff	  ~8GB		[guard, future vmmemap]
 
+ffffffbffbc00000	ffffffbffbdfffff	   2MB		earlyprintk device
+
 ffffffbffbe00000	ffffffbffbe0ffff	  64KB		PCI I/O space
 
 ffffffbbffff0000	ffffffbcffffffff	  ~2MB		[guard]
diff --git a/Documentation/atomic_ops.txt b/Documentation/atomic_ops.txt
index 27f2b21a9d5c..d9ca5be9b471 100644
--- a/Documentation/atomic_ops.txt
+++ b/Documentation/atomic_ops.txt
@@ -253,6 +253,8 @@ This performs an atomic exchange operation on the atomic variable v, setting
 the given new value.  It returns the old value that the atomic variable v had
 just before the operation.
 
+atomic_xchg requires explicit memory barriers around the operation.
+
 	int atomic_cmpxchg(atomic_t *v, int old, int new);
 
 This performs an atomic compare exchange operation on the atomic value v,
diff --git a/Documentation/backlight/lp855x-driver.txt b/Documentation/backlight/lp855x-driver.txt
index 1529394cfe8b..18b06ca038ea 100644
--- a/Documentation/backlight/lp855x-driver.txt
+++ b/Documentation/backlight/lp855x-driver.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Kernel driver lp855x
 Backlight driver for LP855x ICs
 
 Supported chips:
-	Texas Instruments LP8550, LP8551, LP8552, LP8553 and LP8556
+	Texas Instruments LP8550, LP8551, LP8552, LP8553, LP8556 and LP8557
 
 Author: Milo(Woogyom) Kim <milo.kim@ti.com>
 
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Value : pwm based or register based
 
 2) chip_id
 The lp855x chip id.
-Value : lp8550/lp8551/lp8552/lp8553/lp8556
+Value : lp8550/lp8551/lp8552/lp8553/lp8556/lp8557
 
 Platform data for lp855x
 ------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/00-INDEX b/Documentation/cgroups/00-INDEX
index f78b90a35ad0..f5635a09c3f6 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/cgroups/00-INDEX
@@ -4,8 +4,6 @@ blkio-controller.txt
 	- Description for Block IO Controller, implementation and usage details.
 cgroups.txt
 	- Control Groups definition, implementation details, examples and API.
-cgroup_event_listener.c
-	- A user program for cgroup listener.
 cpuacct.txt
 	- CPU Accounting Controller; account CPU usage for groups of tasks.
 cpusets.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/cgroup_event_listener.c b/Documentation/cgroups/cgroup_event_listener.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e082f96dc12..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/cgroup_event_listener.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * cgroup_event_listener.c - Simple listener of cgroup events
- *
- * Copyright (C) Kirill A. Shutemov <kirill@shutemov.name>
- */
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <libgen.h>
-#include <limits.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-
-#include <sys/eventfd.h>
-
-#define USAGE_STR "Usage: cgroup_event_listener <path-to-control-file> <args>\n"
-
-int main(int argc, char **argv)
-{
-	int efd = -1;
-	int cfd = -1;
-	int event_control = -1;
-	char event_control_path[PATH_MAX];
-	char line[LINE_MAX];
-	int ret;
-
-	if (argc != 3) {
-		fputs(USAGE_STR, stderr);
-		return 1;
-	}
-
-	cfd = open(argv[1], O_RDONLY);
-	if (cfd == -1) {
-		fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open %s: %s\n", argv[1],
-				strerror(errno));
-		goto out;
-	}
-
-	ret = snprintf(event_control_path, PATH_MAX, "%s/cgroup.event_control",
-			dirname(argv[1]));
-	if (ret >= PATH_MAX) {
-		fputs("Path to cgroup.event_control is too long\n", stderr);
-		goto out;
-	}
-
-	event_control = open(event_control_path, O_WRONLY);
-	if (event_control == -1) {
-		fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open %s: %s\n", event_control_path,
-				strerror(errno));
-		goto out;
-	}
-
-	efd = eventfd(0, 0);
-	if (efd == -1) {
-		perror("eventfd() failed");
-		goto out;
-	}
-
-	ret = snprintf(line, LINE_MAX, "%d %d %s", efd, cfd, argv[2]);
-	if (ret >= LINE_MAX) {
-		fputs("Arguments string is too long\n", stderr);
-		goto out;
-	}
-
-	ret = write(event_control, line, strlen(line) + 1);
-	if (ret == -1) {
-		perror("Cannot write to cgroup.event_control");
-		goto out;
-	}
-
-	while (1) {
-		uint64_t result;
-
-		ret = read(efd, &result, sizeof(result));
-		if (ret == -1) {
-			if (errno == EINTR)
-				continue;
-			perror("Cannot read from eventfd");
-			break;
-		}
-		assert(ret == sizeof(result));
-
-		ret = access(event_control_path, W_OK);
-		if ((ret == -1) && (errno == ENOENT)) {
-				puts("The cgroup seems to have removed.");
-				ret = 0;
-				break;
-		}
-
-		if (ret == -1) {
-			perror("cgroup.event_control "
-					"is not accessible any more");
-			break;
-		}
-
-		printf("%s %s: crossed\n", argv[1], argv[2]);
-	}
-
-out:
-	if (efd >= 0)
-		close(efd);
-	if (event_control >= 0)
-		close(event_control);
-	if (cfd >= 0)
-		close(cfd);
-
-	return (ret != 0);
-}
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/memcg_test.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/memcg_test.txt
index fc8fa97a09ac..ce94a83a7d9a 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/memcg_test.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cgroups/memcg_test.txt
@@ -399,8 +399,7 @@ Under below explanation, we assume CONFIG_MEM_RES_CTRL_SWAP=y.
 
  9.10 Memory thresholds
 	Memory controller implements memory thresholds using cgroups notification
-	API. You can use Documentation/cgroups/cgroup_event_listener.c to test
-	it.
+	API. You can use tools/cgroup/cgroup_event_listener.c to test it.
 
 	(Shell-A) Create cgroup and run event listener
 	# mkdir /cgroup/A
diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.txt
index c436096351f8..72f70b16d299 100644
--- a/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.txt
@@ -111,6 +111,12 @@ policy->governor		must contain the "default policy" for
 For setting some of these values, the frequency table helpers might be
 helpful. See the section 2 for more information on them.
 
+SMP systems normally have same clock source for a group of cpus. For these the
+.init() would be called only once for the first online cpu. Here the .init()
+routine must initialize policy->cpus with mask of all possible cpus (Online +
+Offline) that share the clock. Then the core would copy this mask onto
+policy->related_cpus and will reset policy->cpus to carry only online cpus.
+
 
 1.3 verify
 ------------
diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt
index 04f6b32993e6..ff2f28332cc4 100644
--- a/Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt
@@ -190,11 +190,11 @@ scaling_max_freq		show the current "policy limits" (in
 				first set scaling_max_freq, then
 				scaling_min_freq.
 
-affected_cpus :			List of CPUs that require software coordination
-				of frequency.
+affected_cpus :			List of Online CPUs that require software
+				coordination of frequency.
 
-related_cpus :			List of CPUs that need some sort of frequency
-				coordination, whether software or hardware.
+related_cpus :			List of Online + Offline CPUs that need software
+				coordination of frequency.
 
 scaling_driver :		Hardware driver for cpufreq.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-system.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-system.txt
index 07c65e3cdcbe..f4d04a067282 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-system.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-system.txt
@@ -3,9 +3,11 @@ Altera SOCFPGA System Manager
 Required properties:
 - compatible : "altr,sys-mgr"
 - reg : Should contain 1 register ranges(address and length)
+- cpu1-start-addr : CPU1 start address in hex.
 
 Example:
 	 sysmgr@ffd08000 {
 		compatible = "altr,sys-mgr";
 		reg = <0xffd08000 0x1000>;
+		cpu1-start-addr = <0xffd080c4>;
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arch_timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arch_timer.txt
index 52478c83d0cc..20746e5abe6f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arch_timer.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arch_timer.txt
@@ -1,13 +1,14 @@
 * ARM architected timer
 
-ARM Cortex-A7 and Cortex-A15 have a per-core architected timer, which
-provides per-cpu timers.
+ARM cores may have a per-core architected timer, which provides per-cpu timers.
 
 The timer is attached to a GIC to deliver its per-processor interrupts.
 
 ** Timer node properties:
 
-- compatible : Should at least contain "arm,armv7-timer".
+- compatible : Should at least contain one of
+	"arm,armv7-timer"
+	"arm,armv8-timer"
 
 - interrupts : Interrupt list for secure, non-secure, virtual and
   hypervisor timers, in that order.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-aic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-aic.txt
index 19078bf5cca8..ad031211b5b8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-aic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-aic.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Required properties:
 - compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-aic"
 - interrupt-controller: Identifies the node as an interrupt controller.
 - interrupt-parent: For single AIC system, it is an empty property.
-- #interrupt-cells: The number of cells to define the interrupts. It sould be 3.
+- #interrupt-cells: The number of cells to define the interrupts. It should be 3.
   The first cell is the IRQ number (aka "Peripheral IDentifier" on datasheet).
   The second cell is used to specify flags:
     bits[3:0] trigger type and level flags:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt
index 62eb8df1e08d..3dfb0c0384f5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Main node required properties:
 
 Optional
 - interrupts	: Interrupt source of the parent interrupt controller on
-  secondary GICs, or VGIC maintainance interrupt on primary GIC (see
+  secondary GICs, or VGIC maintenance interrupt on primary GIC (see
   below).
 
 - cpu-offset	: per-cpu offset within the distributor and cpu interface
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ Required properties:
   virtual interface control register base and size. The 2nd additional
   region is the GIC virtual cpu interface register base and size.
 
-- interrupts : VGIC maintainance interrupt.
+- interrupts : VGIC maintenance interrupt.
 
 Example:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/kirkwood.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/kirkwood.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..98cce9a653eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/kirkwood.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+Marvell Kirkwood Platforms Device Tree Bindings
+-----------------------------------------------
+
+Boards with a SoC of the Marvell Kirkwood
+shall have the following property:
+
+Required root node property:
+
+compatible: must contain "marvell,kirkwood";
+
+In order to support the kirkwood cpufreq driver, there must be a node
+cpus/cpu@0 with three clocks, "cpu_clk", "ddrclk" and "powersave",
+where the "powersave" clock is a gating clock used to switch the CPU
+between the "cpu_clk" and the "ddrclk".
+
+Example:
+
+	cpus {
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+
+		cpu@0 {
+		      device_type = "cpu";
+		      compatible = "marvell,sheeva-88SV131";
+		      clocks = <&core_clk 1>, <&core_clk 3>, <&gate_clk 11>;
+		      clock-names = "cpu_clk", "ddrclk", "powersave";
+		};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt
index d0051a750587..f8288ea1b530 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt
@@ -39,16 +39,16 @@ Boards:
 - OMAP3 Tobi with Overo : Commercial expansion board with daughter board
   compatible = "ti,omap3-tobi", "ti,omap3-overo", "ti,omap3"
 
-- OMAP4 SDP : Software Developement Board
+- OMAP4 SDP : Software Development Board
   compatible = "ti,omap4-sdp", "ti,omap4430"
 
 - OMAP4 PandaBoard : Low cost community board
   compatible = "ti,omap4-panda", "ti,omap4430"
 
-- OMAP3 EVM : Software Developement Board for OMAP35x, AM/DM37x
+- OMAP3 EVM : Software Development Board for OMAP35x, AM/DM37x
   compatible = "ti,omap3-evm", "ti,omap3"
 
-- AM335X EVM : Software Developement Board for AM335x
+- AM335X EVM : Software Development Board for AM335x
   compatible = "ti,am335x-evm", "ti,am33xx", "ti,omap3"
 
 - AM335X Bone : Low cost community board
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/psci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/psci.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..433afe9cb590
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/psci.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+* Power State Coordination Interface (PSCI)
+
+Firmware implementing the PSCI functions described in ARM document number
+ARM DEN 0022A ("Power State Coordination Interface System Software on ARM
+processors") can be used by Linux to initiate various CPU-centric power
+operations.
+
+Issue A of the specification describes functions for CPU suspend, hotplug
+and migration of secure software.
+
+Functions are invoked by trapping to the privilege level of the PSCI
+firmware (specified as part of the binding below) and passing arguments
+in a manner similar to that specified by AAPCS:
+
+	 r0		=> 32-bit Function ID / return value
+	{r1 - r3}	=> Parameters
+
+Note that the immediate field of the trapping instruction must be set
+to #0.
+
+
+Main node required properties:
+
+ - compatible    : Must be "arm,psci"
+
+ - method        : The method of calling the PSCI firmware. Permitted
+                   values are:
+
+                   "smc" : SMC #0, with the register assignments specified
+		           in this binding.
+
+                   "hvc" : HVC #0, with the register assignments specified
+		           in this binding.
+
+Main node optional properties:
+
+ - cpu_suspend   : Function ID for CPU_SUSPEND operation
+
+ - cpu_off       : Function ID for CPU_OFF operation
+
+ - cpu_on        : Function ID for CPU_ON operation
+
+ - migrate       : Function ID for MIGRATE operation
+
+
+Example:
+
+	psci {
+		compatible	= "arm,psci";
+		method		= "smc";
+		cpu_suspend	= <0x95c10000>;
+		cpu_off		= <0x95c10001>;
+		cpu_on		= <0x95c10002>;
+		migrate		= <0x95c10003>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.txt
index 1881e1c6dda5..c6ba6d3c747f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.txt
@@ -1,3 +1,9 @@
-prima2 "cb" evaluation board
+CSR SiRFprimaII and SiRFmarco device tree bindings.
+========================================
+
 Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "sirf,prima2-cb", "sirf,prima2";
+    - compatible:
+    - "sirf,prima2-cb" : prima2 "cb" evaluation board
+    - "sirf,marco-cb" : marco "cb" evaluation board
+    - "sirf,prima2" : prima2 device based board
+    - "sirf,marco" : marco device based board
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ste-nomadik.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ste-nomadik.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..19bca04b81c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ste-nomadik.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+ST-Ericsson Nomadik Device Tree Bindings
+
+For various board the "board" node may contain specific properties
+that pertain to this particular board, such as board-specific GPIOs.
+
+Boards with the Nomadik SoC include:
+
+S8815 "MiniKit" manufactured by Calao Systems:
+
+Required root node property:
+
+compatible="calaosystems,usb-s8815";
+
+Required node: usb-s8815
+
+Example:
+
+usb-s8815 {
+		ethernet-gpio {
+			gpios = <&gpio3 19 0x1>;
+			interrupts = <19 0x1>;
+			interrupt-parent = <&gpio3>;
+		};
+		mmcsd-gpio {
+			gpios = <&gpio3 16 0x1>;
+		};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt
index 6e69d2e5e766..ed9c85334436 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt
@@ -1,14 +1,34 @@
 NVIDIA Tegra device tree bindings
 -------------------------------------------
 
-Boards with the tegra20 SoC shall have the following properties:
+SoCs
+-------------------------------------------
 
-Required root node property:
+Each device tree must specify which Tegra SoC it uses, using one of the
+following compatible values:
 
-compatible = "nvidia,tegra20";
+  nvidia,tegra20
+  nvidia,tegra30
 
-Boards with the tegra30 SoC shall have the following properties:
+Boards
+-------------------------------------------
 
-Required root node property:
+Each device tree must specify which one or more of the following
+board-specific compatible values:
 
-compatible = "nvidia,tegra30";
+  ad,medcom-wide
+  ad,plutux
+  ad,tamonten
+  ad,tec
+  compal,paz00
+  compulab,trimslice
+  nvidia,beaver
+  nvidia,cardhu
+  nvidia,cardhu-a02
+  nvidia,cardhu-a04
+  nvidia,harmony
+  nvidia,seaboard
+  nvidia,ventana
+  nvidia,whistler
+  toradex,colibri_t20-512
+  toradex,iris
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vt8500.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vt8500.txt
index d657832c6819..87dc1ddf4770 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vt8500.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vt8500.txt
@@ -12,3 +12,11 @@ compatible = "wm,wm8505";
 Boards with the Wondermedia WM8650 SoC shall have the following properties:
 Required root node property:
 compatible = "wm,wm8650";
+
+Boards with the Wondermedia WM8750 SoC shall have the following properties:
+Required root node property:
+compatible = "wm,wm8750";
+
+Boards with the Wondermedia WM8850 SoC shall have the following properties:
+Required root node property:
+compatible = "wm,wm8850";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-gpmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-gpmc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5ddb2e9efaaa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-gpmc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+Device tree bindings for OMAP general purpose memory controllers (GPMC)
+
+The actual devices are instantiated from the child nodes of a GPMC node.
+
+Required properties:
+
+ - compatible:		Should be set to one of the following:
+
+			ti,omap2420-gpmc (omap2420)
+			ti,omap2430-gpmc (omap2430)
+			ti,omap3430-gpmc (omap3430 & omap3630)
+			ti,omap4430-gpmc (omap4430 & omap4460 & omap543x)
+			ti,am3352-gpmc   (am335x devices)
+
+ - reg:			A resource specifier for the register space
+			(see the example below)
+ - ti,hwmods:		Should be set to "ti,gpmc" until the DT transition is
+			completed.
+ - #address-cells:	Must be set to 2 to allow memory address translation
+ - #size-cells:		Must be set to 1 to allow CS address passing
+ - gpmc,num-cs:		The maximum number of chip-select lines that controller
+			can support.
+ - gpmc,num-waitpins:	The maximum number of wait pins that controller can
+			support.
+ - ranges:		Must be set up to reflect the memory layout with four
+			integer values for each chip-select line in use:
+
+			   <cs-number> 0 <physical address of mapping> <size>
+
+			Currently, calculated values derived from the contents
+			of the per-CS register GPMC_CONFIG7 (as set up by the
+			bootloader) are used for the physical address decoding.
+			As this will change in the future, filling correct
+			values here is a requirement.
+
+Timing properties for child nodes. All are optional and default to 0.
+
+ - gpmc,sync-clk:	Minimum clock period for synchronous mode, in picoseconds
+
+ Chip-select signal timings corresponding to GPMC_CONFIG2:
+ - gpmc,cs-on:		Assertion time
+ - gpmc,cs-rd-off:	Read deassertion time
+ - gpmc,cs-wr-off:	Write deassertion time
+
+ ADV signal timings corresponding to GPMC_CONFIG3:
+ - gpmc,adv-on:		Assertion time
+ - gpmc,adv-rd-off:	Read deassertion time
+ - gpmc,adv-wr-off:	Write deassertion time
+
+ WE signals timings corresponding to GPMC_CONFIG4:
+ - gpmc,we-on:		Assertion time
+ - gpmc,we-off:		Deassertion time
+
+ OE signals timings corresponding to GPMC_CONFIG4:
+ - gpmc,oe-on:		Assertion time
+ - gpmc,oe-off:		Deassertion time
+
+ Access time and cycle time timings corresponding to GPMC_CONFIG5:
+ - gpmc,page-burst-access: Multiple access word delay
+ - gpmc,access:		Start-cycle to first data valid delay
+ - gpmc,rd-cycle:	Total read cycle time
+ - gpmc,wr-cycle:	Total write cycle time
+
+The following are only applicable to OMAP3+ and AM335x:
+ - gpmc,wr-access
+ - gpmc,wr-data-mux-bus
+
+
+Example for an AM33xx board:
+
+	gpmc: gpmc@50000000 {
+		compatible = "ti,am3352-gpmc";
+		ti,hwmods = "gpmc";
+		reg = <0x50000000 0x2000>;
+		interrupts = <100>;
+
+		gpmc,num-cs = <8>;
+		gpmc,num-waitpins = <2>;
+		#address-cells = <2>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+		ranges = <0 0 0x08000000 0x10000000>; /* CS0 @addr 0x8000000, size 0x10000000 */
+
+		/* child nodes go here */
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx31-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx31-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..19df842c694f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx31-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+* Clock bindings for Freescale i.MX31
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "fsl,imx31-ccm"
+- reg: Address and length of the register set
+- interrupts: Should contain CCM interrupt
+- #clock-cells: Should be <1>
+
+The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock
+ID in its "clocks" phandle cell.  The following is a full list of i.MX31
+clocks and IDs.
+
+	Clock		    ID
+	-----------------------
+	dummy	             0
+	ckih                 1
+	ckil                 2
+	mpll                 3
+	spll                 4
+	upll                 5
+	mcu_main             6
+	hsp                  7
+	ahb                  8
+	nfc                  9
+	ipg                  10
+	per_div              11
+	per                  12
+	csi_sel              13
+	fir_sel              14
+	csi_div              15
+	usb_div_pre          16
+	usb_div_post         17
+	fir_div_pre          18
+	fir_div_post         19
+	sdhc1_gate           20
+	sdhc2_gate           21
+	gpt_gate             22
+	epit1_gate           23
+	epit2_gate           24
+	iim_gate             25
+	ata_gate             26
+	sdma_gate            27
+	cspi3_gate           28
+	rng_gate             29
+	uart1_gate           30
+	uart2_gate           31
+	ssi1_gate            32
+	i2c1_gate            33
+	i2c2_gate            34
+	i2c3_gate            35
+	hantro_gate          36
+	mstick1_gate         37
+	mstick2_gate         38
+	csi_gate             39
+	rtc_gate             40
+	wdog_gate            41
+	pwm_gate             42
+	sim_gate             43
+	ect_gate             44
+	usb_gate             45
+	kpp_gate             46
+	ipu_gate             47
+	uart3_gate           48
+	uart4_gate           49
+	uart5_gate           50
+	owire_gate           51
+	ssi2_gate            52
+	cspi1_gate           53
+	cspi2_gate           54
+	gacc_gate            55
+	emi_gate             56
+	rtic_gate            57
+	firi_gate            58
+
+Examples:
+
+clks: ccm@53f80000{
+	compatible = "fsl,imx31-ccm";
+	reg = <0x53f80000 0x4000>;
+	interrupts = <0 31 0x04 0 53 0x04>;
+	#clock-cells = <1>;
+};
+
+uart1: serial@43f90000 {
+	compatible = "fsl,imx31-uart", "fsl,imx21-uart";
+	reg = <0x43f90000 0x4000>;
+	interrupts = <45>;
+	clocks = <&clks 10>, <&clks 30>;
+	clock-names = "ipg", "per";
+	status = "disabled";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt
index 7337005ef5e1..cffc93d97f54 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ ID	Clock	Peripheral
 16	xor1	XOR DMA 1
 17	crypto	CESA engine
 18	pex1	PCIe Cntrl 1
-19	ge1	Gigabit Ethernet 0
+19	ge1	Gigabit Ethernet 1
 20	tdm	Time Division Mplx
 
 Required properties:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra20-car.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra20-car.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..0921fac73528
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra20-car.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+NVIDIA Tegra20 Clock And Reset Controller
+
+This binding uses the common clock binding:
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+
+The CAR (Clock And Reset) Controller on Tegra is the HW module responsible
+for muxing and gating Tegra's clocks, and setting their rates.
+
+Required properties :
+- compatible : Should be "nvidia,tegra20-car"
+- reg : Should contain CAR registers location and length
+- clocks : Should contain phandle and clock specifiers for two clocks:
+  the 32 KHz "32k_in", and the board-specific oscillator "osc".
+- #clock-cells : Should be 1.
+  In clock consumers, this cell represents the clock ID exposed by the CAR.
+
+  The first 96 clocks are numbered to match the bits in the CAR's CLK_OUT_ENB
+  registers. These IDs often match those in the CAR's RST_DEVICES registers,
+  but not in all cases. Some bits in CLK_OUT_ENB affect multiple clocks. In
+  this case, those clocks are assigned IDs above 95 in order to highlight
+  this issue. Implementations that interpret these clock IDs as bit values
+  within the CLK_OUT_ENB or RST_DEVICES registers should be careful to
+  explicitly handle these special cases.
+
+  The balance of the clocks controlled by the CAR are assigned IDs of 96 and
+  above.
+
+  0	cpu
+  1	unassigned
+  2	unassigned
+  3	ac97
+  4	rtc
+  5	tmr
+  6	uart1
+  7	unassigned	(register bit affects uart2 and vfir)
+  8	gpio
+  9	sdmmc2
+  10	unassigned	(register bit affects spdif_in and spdif_out)
+  11	i2s1
+  12	i2c1
+  13	ndflash
+  14	sdmmc1
+  15	sdmmc4
+  16	twc
+  17	pwm
+  18	i2s2
+  19	epp
+  20	unassigned	(register bit affects vi and vi_sensor)
+  21	2d
+  22	usbd
+  23	isp
+  24	3d
+  25	ide
+  26	disp2
+  27	disp1
+  28	host1x
+  29	vcp
+  30	unassigned
+  31	cache2
+
+  32	mem
+  33	ahbdma
+  34	apbdma
+  35	unassigned
+  36	kbc
+  37	stat_mon
+  38	pmc
+  39	fuse
+  40	kfuse
+  41	sbc1
+  42	snor
+  43	spi1
+  44	sbc2
+  45	xio
+  46	sbc3
+  47	dvc
+  48	dsi
+  49	unassigned	(register bit affects tvo and cve)
+  50	mipi
+  51	hdmi
+  52	csi
+  53	tvdac
+  54	i2c2
+  55	uart3
+  56	unassigned
+  57	emc
+  58	usb2
+  59	usb3
+  60	mpe
+  61	vde
+  62	bsea
+  63	bsev
+
+  64	speedo
+  65	uart4
+  66	uart5
+  67	i2c3
+  68	sbc4
+  69	sdmmc3
+  70	pcie
+  71	owr
+  72	afi
+  73	csite
+  74	unassigned
+  75	avpucq
+  76	la
+  77	unassigned
+  78	unassigned
+  79	unassigned
+  80	unassigned
+  81	unassigned
+  82	unassigned
+  83	unassigned
+  84	irama
+  85	iramb
+  86	iramc
+  87	iramd
+  88	cram2
+  89	audio_2x	a/k/a audio_2x_sync_clk
+  90	clk_d
+  91	unassigned
+  92	sus
+  93	cdev1
+  94	cdev2
+  95	unassigned
+
+  96	uart2
+  97	vfir
+  98	spdif_in
+  99	spdif_out
+  100	vi
+  101	vi_sensor
+  102	tvo
+  103	cve
+  104	osc
+  105	clk_32k		a/k/a clk_s
+  106	clk_m
+  107	sclk
+  108	cclk
+  109	hclk
+  110	pclk
+  111	blink
+  112	pll_a
+  113	pll_a_out0
+  114	pll_c
+  115	pll_c_out1
+  116	pll_d
+  117	pll_d_out0
+  118	pll_e
+  119	pll_m
+  120	pll_m_out1
+  121	pll_p
+  122	pll_p_out1
+  123	pll_p_out2
+  124	pll_p_out3
+  125	pll_p_out4
+  126	pll_s
+  127	pll_u
+  128	pll_x
+  129	cop		a/k/a avp
+  130	audio		a/k/a audio_sync_clk
+  131	pll_ref
+  132	twd
+
+Example SoC include file:
+
+/ {
+	tegra_car: clock {
+		compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-car";
+		reg = <0x60006000 0x1000>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+	};
+
+	usb@c5004000 {
+		clocks = <&tegra_car 58>; /* usb2 */
+	};
+};
+
+Example board file:
+
+/ {
+	clocks {
+		compatible = "simple-bus";
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+
+		osc: clock@0 {
+			compatible = "fixed-clock";
+			reg = <0>;
+			#clock-cells = <0>;
+			clock-frequency = <12000000>;
+		};
+
+		clk_32k: clock@1 {
+			compatible = "fixed-clock";
+			reg = <1>;
+			#clock-cells = <0>;
+			clock-frequency = <32768>;
+		};
+	};
+
+	&tegra_car {
+		clocks = <&clk_32k> <&osc>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra30-car.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra30-car.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f3da3be5fcad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra30-car.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+NVIDIA Tegra30 Clock And Reset Controller
+
+This binding uses the common clock binding:
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+
+The CAR (Clock And Reset) Controller on Tegra is the HW module responsible
+for muxing and gating Tegra's clocks, and setting their rates.
+
+Required properties :
+- compatible : Should be "nvidia,tegra30-car"
+- reg : Should contain CAR registers location and length
+- clocks : Should contain phandle and clock specifiers for two clocks:
+  the 32 KHz "32k_in", and the board-specific oscillator "osc".
+- #clock-cells : Should be 1.
+  In clock consumers, this cell represents the clock ID exposed by the CAR.
+
+  The first 130 clocks are numbered to match the bits in the CAR's CLK_OUT_ENB
+  registers. These IDs often match those in the CAR's RST_DEVICES registers,
+  but not in all cases. Some bits in CLK_OUT_ENB affect multiple clocks. In
+  this case, those clocks are assigned IDs above 160 in order to highlight
+  this issue. Implementations that interpret these clock IDs as bit values
+  within the CLK_OUT_ENB or RST_DEVICES registers should be careful to
+  explicitly handle these special cases.
+
+  The balance of the clocks controlled by the CAR are assigned IDs of 160 and
+  above.
+
+  0	cpu
+  1	unassigned
+  2	unassigned
+  3	unassigned
+  4	rtc
+  5	timer
+  6	uarta
+  7	unassigned	(register bit affects uartb and vfir)
+  8	gpio
+  9	sdmmc2
+  10	unassigned	(register bit affects spdif_in and spdif_out)
+  11	i2s1
+  12	i2c1
+  13	ndflash
+  14	sdmmc1
+  15	sdmmc4
+  16	unassigned
+  17	pwm
+  18	i2s2
+  19	epp
+  20	unassigned	(register bit affects vi and vi_sensor)
+  21	2d
+  22	usbd
+  23	isp
+  24	3d
+  25	unassigned
+  26	disp2
+  27	disp1
+  28	host1x
+  29	vcp
+  30	i2s0
+  31	cop_cache
+
+  32	mc
+  33	ahbdma
+  34	apbdma
+  35	unassigned
+  36	kbc
+  37	statmon
+  38	pmc
+  39	unassigned	(register bit affects fuse and fuse_burn)
+  40	kfuse
+  41	sbc1
+  42	nor
+  43	unassigned
+  44	sbc2
+  45	unassigned
+  46	sbc3
+  47	i2c5
+  48	dsia
+  49	unassigned	(register bit affects cve and tvo)
+  50	mipi
+  51	hdmi
+  52	csi
+  53	tvdac
+  54	i2c2
+  55	uartc
+  56	unassigned
+  57	emc
+  58	usb2
+  59	usb3
+  60	mpe
+  61	vde
+  62	bsea
+  63	bsev
+
+  64	speedo
+  65	uartd
+  66	uarte
+  67	i2c3
+  68	sbc4
+  69	sdmmc3
+  70	pcie
+  71	owr
+  72	afi
+  73	csite
+  74	pciex
+  75	avpucq
+  76	la
+  77	unassigned
+  78	unassigned
+  79	dtv
+  80	ndspeed
+  81	i2cslow
+  82	dsib
+  83	unassigned
+  84	irama
+  85	iramb
+  86	iramc
+  87	iramd
+  88	cram2
+  89	unassigned
+  90	audio_2x	a/k/a audio_2x_sync_clk
+  91	unassigned
+  92	csus
+  93	cdev2
+  94	cdev1
+  95	unassigned
+
+  96	cpu_g
+  97	cpu_lp
+  98	3d2
+  99	mselect
+  100	tsensor
+  101	i2s3
+  102	i2s4
+  103	i2c4
+  104	sbc5
+  105	sbc6
+  106	d_audio
+  107	apbif
+  108	dam0
+  109	dam1
+  110	dam2
+  111	hda2codec_2x
+  112	atomics
+  113	audio0_2x
+  114	audio1_2x
+  115	audio2_2x
+  116	audio3_2x
+  117	audio4_2x
+  118	audio5_2x
+  119	actmon
+  120	extern1
+  121	extern2
+  122	extern3
+  123	sata_oob
+  124	sata
+  125	hda
+  127	se
+  128	hda2hdmi
+  129	sata_cold
+
+  160	uartb
+  161	vfir
+  162	spdif_in
+  163	spdif_out
+  164	vi
+  165	vi_sensor
+  166	fuse
+  167	fuse_burn
+  168	cve
+  169	tvo
+
+  170	clk_32k
+  171	clk_m
+  172	clk_m_div2
+  173	clk_m_div4
+  174	pll_ref
+  175	pll_c
+  176	pll_c_out1
+  177	pll_m
+  178	pll_m_out1
+  179	pll_p
+  180	pll_p_out1
+  181	pll_p_out2
+  182	pll_p_out3
+  183	pll_p_out4
+  184	pll_a
+  185	pll_a_out0
+  186	pll_d
+  187	pll_d_out0
+  188	pll_d2
+  189	pll_d2_out0
+  190	pll_u
+  191	pll_x
+  192	pll_x_out0
+  193	pll_e
+  194	spdif_in_sync
+  195	i2s0_sync
+  196	i2s1_sync
+  197	i2s2_sync
+  198	i2s3_sync
+  199	i2s4_sync
+  200	vimclk
+  201	audio0
+  202	audio1
+  203	audio2
+  204	audio3
+  205	audio4
+  206	audio5
+  207	clk_out_1 (extern1)
+  208	clk_out_2 (extern2)
+  209	clk_out_3 (extern3)
+  210	sclk
+  211	blink
+  212	cclk_g
+  213	cclk_lp
+  214	twd
+  215	cml0
+  216	cml1
+  217	hclk
+  218	pclk
+
+Example SoC include file:
+
+/ {
+	tegra_car: clock {
+		compatible = "nvidia,tegra30-car";
+		reg = <0x60006000 0x1000>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+	};
+
+	usb@c5004000 {
+		clocks = <&tegra_car 58>; /* usb2 */
+	};
+};
+
+Example board file:
+
+/ {
+	clocks {
+		compatible = "simple-bus";
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+
+		osc: clock@0 {
+			compatible = "fixed-clock";
+			reg = <0>;
+			#clock-cells = <0>;
+			clock-frequency = <12000000>;
+		};
+
+		clk_32k: clock@1 {
+			compatible = "fixed-clock";
+			reg = <1>;
+			#clock-cells = <0>;
+			clock-frequency = <32768>;
+		};
+	};
+
+	&tegra_car {
+		clocks = <&clk_32k> <&osc>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/prima2-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/prima2-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5016979c0f78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/prima2-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+* Clock bindings for CSR SiRFprimaII
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "sirf,prima2-clkc"
+- reg: Address and length of the register set
+- interrupts: Should contain clock controller interrupt
+- #clock-cells: Should be <1>
+
+The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock
+ID in its "clocks" phandle cell.  The following is a full list of prima2
+clocks and IDs.
+
+	Clock			ID
+	---------------------------
+	rtc			0
+	osc             	1
+	pll1            	2
+	pll2            	3
+	pll3            	4
+	mem             	5
+	sys             	6
+	security        	7
+	dsp             	8
+	gps             	9
+	mf              	10
+	io              	11
+	cpu             	12
+	uart0           	13
+	uart1           	14
+	uart2           	15
+	tsc             	16
+	i2c0            	17
+	i2c1            	18
+	spi0            	19
+	spi1            	20
+	pwmc            	21
+	efuse           	22
+	pulse           	23
+	dmac0           	24
+	dmac1           	25
+	nand            	26
+	audio           	27
+	usp0            	28
+	usp1            	29
+	usp2            	30
+	vip             	31
+	gfx             	32
+	mm              	33
+	lcd             	34
+	vpp             	35
+	mmc01           	36
+	mmc23           	37
+	mmc45           	38
+	usbpll          	39
+	usb0            	40
+	usb1			41
+
+Examples:
+
+clks: clock-controller@88000000 {
+	compatible = "sirf,prima2-clkc";
+	reg = <0x88000000 0x1000>;
+	interrupts = <3>;
+	#clock-cells = <1>;
+};
+
+i2c0: i2c@b00e0000 {
+	cell-index = <0>;
+	compatible = "sirf,prima2-i2c";
+	reg = <0xb00e0000 0x10000>;
+	interrupts = <24>;
+	clocks = <&clks 17>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/exynos/g2d.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/exynos/g2d.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..1eb124d35a99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/exynos/g2d.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+Samsung 2D Graphic Accelerator using DRM frame work
+
+Samsung FIMG2D is a graphics 2D accelerator which supports Bit Block Transfer.
+We set the drawing-context registers for configuring rendering parameters and
+then start rendering.
+This driver is for SOCs which contain G2D IPs with version 4.1.
+
+Required properties:
+	-compatible:
+		should be "samsung,exynos-g2d-41".
+	-reg:
+		physical base address of the controller and length
+		of memory mapped region.
+	-interrupts:
+		interrupt combiner values.
+
+Example:
+	g2d {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos-g2d-41";
+		reg = <0x10850000 0x1000>;
+		interrupts = <0 91 0>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/ina209.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/ina209.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9dd2bee80840
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/ina209.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+ina209 properties
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Must be "ti,ina209"
+- reg: I2C address
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- shunt-resistor
+	Shunt resistor value in micro-Ohm
+
+Example:
+
+temp-sensor@4c {
+	compatible = "ti,ina209";
+	reg = <0x4c>;
+	shunt-resistor = <5000>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/max6697.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/max6697.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5f793998e4a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/max6697.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+max6697 properties
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:
+	Should be one of
+		maxim,max6581
+		maxim,max6602
+		maxim,max6622
+		maxim,max6636
+		maxim,max6689
+		maxim,max6693
+		maxim,max6694
+		maxim,max6697
+		maxim,max6698
+		maxim,max6699
+- reg: I2C address
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- smbus-timeout-disable
+	Set to disable SMBus timeout. If not specified, SMBus timeout will be
+	enabled.
+- extended-range-enable
+	Only valid for MAX6581. Set to enable extended temperature range.
+	Extended temperature will be disabled if not specified.
+- beta-compensation-enable
+	Only valid for MAX6693 and MX6694. Set to enable beta compensation on
+	remote temperature channel 1.
+	Beta compensation will be disabled if not specified.
+- alert-mask
+	Alert bit mask. Alert disabled for bits set.
+	Select bit 0 for local temperature, bit 1..7 for remote temperatures.
+	If not specified, alert will be enabled for all channels.
+- over-temperature-mask
+	Over-temperature bit mask. Over-temperature reporting disabled for
+	bits set.
+	Select bit 0 for local temperature, bit 1..7 for remote temperatures.
+	If not specified, over-temperature reporting will be enabled for all
+	channels.
+- resistance-cancellation
+	Boolean for all chips other than MAX6581. Set to enable resistance
+	cancellation on remote temperature channel 1.
+	For MAX6581, resistance cancellation enabled for all channels if
+	specified as boolean, otherwise as per bit mask specified.
+	Only supported for remote temperatures (bit 1..7).
+	If not specified, resistance cancellation will be disabled for all
+	channels.
+- transistor-ideality
+	For MAX6581 only. Two values; first is bit mask, second is ideality
+	select value as per MAX6581 data sheet. Select bit 1..7 for remote
+	channels.
+	Transistor ideality will be initialized to default (1.008) if not
+	specified.
+
+Example:
+
+temp-sensor@1a {
+	compatible = "maxim,max6697";
+	reg = <0x1a>;
+	smbus-timeout-disable;
+	resistance-cancellation;
+	alert-mask = <0x72>;
+	over-temperature-mask = <0x7f>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/imx-keypad.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/imx-keypad.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2ebaf7d26843
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/imx-keypad.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+* Freescale i.MX Keypad Port(KPP) device tree bindings
+
+The KPP is designed to interface with a keypad matrix with 2-point contact
+or 3-point contact keys. The KPP is designed to simplify the software task
+of scanning a keypad matrix. The KPP is capable of detecting, debouncing,
+and decoding one or multiple keys pressed simultaneously on a keypad.
+
+Required SoC Specific Properties:
+- compatible: Should be "fsl,<soc>-kpp".
+
+- reg: Physical base address of the KPP and length of memory mapped
+  region.
+
+- interrupts: The KPP interrupt number to the CPU(s).
+
+- clocks: The clock provided by the SoC to the KPP. Some SoCs use dummy
+clock(The clock for the KPP is provided by the SoCs automatically).
+
+Required Board Specific Properties:
+- pinctrl-names: The definition can be found at
+pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt.
+
+- pinctrl-0: The definition can be found at
+pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt.
+
+- linux,keymap: The definition can be found at
+bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt.
+
+Example:
+kpp: kpp@73f94000 {
+	compatible = "fsl,imx51-kpp", "fsl,imx21-kpp";
+	reg = <0x73f94000 0x4000>;
+	interrupts = <60>;
+	clocks = <&clks 0>;
+	pinctrl-names = "default";
+	pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_kpp_1>;
+	linux,keymap = <0x00000067	/* KEY_UP */
+			0x0001006c	/* KEY_DOWN */
+			0x00020072	/* KEY_VOLUMEDOWN */
+			0x00030066	/* KEY_HOME */
+			0x0100006a	/* KEY_RIGHT */
+			0x01010069	/* KEY_LEFT */
+			0x0102001c	/* KEY_ENTER */
+			0x01030073	/* KEY_VOLUMEUP */
+			0x02000040	/* KEY_F6 */
+			0x02010042	/* KEY_F8 */
+			0x02020043	/* KEY_F9 */
+			0x02030044	/* KEY_F10 */
+			0x0300003b	/* KEY_F1 */
+			0x0301003c	/* KEY_F2 */
+			0x0302003d	/* KEY_F3 */
+			0x03030074>;	/* KEY_POWER */
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/lpc32xx-key.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/lpc32xx-key.txt
index 31afd5014c48..bcf62f856358 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/lpc32xx-key.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/lpc32xx-key.txt
@@ -1,19 +1,22 @@
 NXP LPC32xx Key Scan Interface
 
+This binding is based on the matrix-keymap binding with the following
+changes:
+
 Required Properties:
 - compatible: Should be "nxp,lpc3220-key"
 - reg: Physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
   region.
 - interrupts: The interrupt number to the cpu.
-- keypad,num-rows: Number of rows and columns, e.g. 1: 1x1, 6: 6x6
-- keypad,num-columns: Must be equal to keypad,num-rows since LPC32xx only
-  supports square matrices
 - nxp,debounce-delay-ms: Debounce delay in ms
 - nxp,scan-delay-ms: Repeated scan period in ms
 - linux,keymap: the key-code to be reported when the key is pressed
   and released, see also
   Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt
 
+Note: keypad,num-rows and keypad,num-columns are required, and must be equal
+since LPC32xx only supports square matrices
+
 Example:
 
 	key@40050000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt
index 3cd8b98ccd2d..c54919fad17e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,12 @@ Required properties:
 	row << 24 | column << 16 | key-code
 
 Optional properties:
+Properties for the number of rows and columns are optional because some
+drivers will use fixed values for these.
+- keypad,num-rows: Number of row lines connected to the keypad controller.
+- keypad,num-columns: Number of column lines connected to the keypad
+  controller.
+
 Some users of this binding might choose to specify secondary keymaps for
 cases where there is a modifier key such as a Fn key. Proposed names
 for said properties are "linux,fn-keymap" or with another descriptive
@@ -17,3 +23,5 @@ word for the modifier other from "Fn".
 Example:
 	linux,keymap = < 0x00030012
 			 0x0102003a >;
+	keypad,num-rows = <2>;
+	keypad,num-columns = <8>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/nvidia,tegra20-kbc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/nvidia,tegra20-kbc.txt
index 72683be6de35..2995fae7ee47 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/nvidia,tegra20-kbc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/nvidia,tegra20-kbc.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,18 @@
 * Tegra keyboard controller
+The key controller has maximum 24 pins to make matrix keypad. Any pin
+can be configured as row or column. The maximum column pin can be 8
+and maximum row pins can be 16 for Tegra20/Tegra30.
 
 Required properties:
 - compatible: "nvidia,tegra20-kbc"
+- reg: Register base address of KBC.
+- interrupts: Interrupt number for the KBC.
+- nvidia,kbc-row-pins: The KBC pins which are configured as row. This is an
+  array of pin numbers which is used as rows.
+- nvidia,kbc-col-pins: The KBC pins which are configured as column. This is an
+  array of pin numbers which is used as column.
+- linux,keymap: The keymap for keys as described in the binding document
+  devicetree/bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt.
 
 Optional properties, in addition to those specified by the shared
 matrix-keyboard bindings:
@@ -19,5 +30,16 @@ Example:
 keyboard: keyboard {
 	compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-kbc";
 	reg = <0x7000e200 0x100>;
+	interrupts = <0 85 0x04>;
 	nvidia,ghost-filter;
+	nvidia,debounce-delay-ms = <640>;
+	nvidia,kbc-row-pins = <0 1 2>;    /* pin 0, 1, 2 as rows */
+	nvidia,kbc-col-pins = <11 12 13>; /* pin 11, 12, 13 as columns */
+	linux,keymap = <0x00000074
+			0x00010067
+			0x00020066
+			0x01010068
+			0x02000069
+			0x02010070
+			0x02020071>;
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/omap-keypad.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/omap-keypad.txt
index f2fa5e10493d..34ed1c60ff95 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/omap-keypad.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/omap-keypad.txt
@@ -6,19 +6,16 @@ A key can be placed at each intersection of a unique row and a unique column.
 The keypad controller can sense a key-press and key-release and report the
 event using a interrupt to the cpu.
 
+This binding is based on the matrix-keymap binding with the following
+changes:
+
+keypad,num-rows and keypad,num-columns are required.
+
 Required SoC Specific Properties:
 - compatible: should be one of the following
    - "ti,omap4-keypad": For controllers compatible with omap4 keypad
       controller.
 
-Required Board Specific Properties, in addition to those specified by
-the shared matrix-keyboard bindings:
-- keypad,num-rows: Number of row lines connected to the keypad
-  controller.
-
-- keypad,num-columns: Number of column lines connected to the
-  keypad controller.
-
 Optional Properties specific to linux:
 - linux,keypad-no-autorepeat: do no enable autorepeat feature.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/tca8418_keypad.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/tca8418_keypad.txt
index 2a1538f0053f..255185009167 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/tca8418_keypad.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/tca8418_keypad.txt
@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
+This binding is based on the matrix-keymap binding with the following
+changes:
+
+keypad,num-rows and keypad,num-columns are required.
 
 Required properties:
 - compatible: "ti,tca8418"
 - reg: the I2C address
 - interrupts: IRQ line number, should trigger on falling edge
-- keypad,num-rows: The number of rows
-- keypad,num-columns: The number of columns
 - linux,keymap: Keys definitions, see keypad-matrix.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/leds-ns2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-ns2.txt
index aef3aca34d2d..aef3aca34d2d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/leds-ns2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-ns2.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps6507x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps6507x.txt
new file mode 100755
index 000000000000..8fffa3c5ed40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps6507x.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+TPS6507x Power Management Integrated Circuit
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "ti,tps6507x"
+- reg: I2C slave address
+- regulators: This is the list of child nodes that specify the regulator
+  initialization data for defined regulators. Not all regulators for the
+  given device need to be present. The definition for each of these nodes
+  is defined using the standard binding for regulators found at
+  Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt.
+  The regulator is matched with the regulator-compatible.
+
+  The valid regulator-compatible values are:
+  tps6507x: vdcdc1, vdcdc2, vdcdc3, vldo1, vldo2
+- xxx-supply: Input voltage supply regulator.
+  These entries are required if regulators are enabled for a device.
+  Missing of these properties can cause the regulator registration
+  fails.
+  If some of input supply is powered through battery or always-on
+  supply then also it is require to have these parameters with proper
+  node handle of always on power supply.
+  tps6507x:
+       vindcdc1_2-supply: VDCDC1 and VDCDC2 input.
+       vindcdc3-supply  : VDCDC3 input.
+       vldo1_2-supply   : VLDO1 and VLDO2 input.
+
+Regulator Optional properties:
+- defdcdc_default: It's property of DCDC2 and DCDC3 regulators.
+			0: If defdcdc pin of DCDC2/DCDC3 is pulled to GND.
+			1: If defdcdc pin of DCDC2/DCDC3 is driven HIGH.
+  If this property is not defined, it defaults to 0 (not enabled).
+
+Example:
+
+	pmu: tps6507x@48 {
+		compatible = "ti,tps6507x";
+		reg = <0x48>;
+
+		vindcdc1_2-supply = <&vbat>;
+		vindcdc3-supply = <...>;
+		vinldo1_2-supply = <...>;
+
+		regulators {
+			#address-cells = <1>;
+			#size-cells = <0>;
+
+			vdcdc1_reg: regulator@0 {
+				regulator-compatible = "VDCDC1";
+				reg = <0>;
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <3150000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <3450000>;
+				regulator-always-on;
+				regulator-boot-on;
+			};
+			vdcdc2_reg: regulator@1 {
+				regulator-compatible = "VDCDC2";
+				reg = <1>;
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <1710000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <3450000>;
+				regulator-always-on;
+				regulator-boot-on;
+				defdcdc_default = <1>;
+			};
+			vdcdc3_reg: regulator@2 {
+				regulator-compatible = "VDCDC3";
+				reg = <2>;
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <950000>
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <1350000>;
+				regulator-always-on;
+				regulator-boot-on;
+				defdcdc_default = <1>;
+			};
+			ldo1_reg: regulator@3 {
+				regulator-compatible = "LDO1";
+				reg = <3>;
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <1710000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <1890000>;
+				regulator-always-on;
+				regulator-boot-on;
+			};
+			ldo2_reg: regulator@4 {
+				regulator-compatible = "LDO2";
+				reg = <4>;
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <1140000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <1320000>;
+				regulator-always-on;
+				regulator-boot-on;
+			};
+		};
+
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cavium/dma-engine.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cavium/dma-engine.txt
index cb4291e3b1d1..a5bdff400002 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cavium/dma-engine.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cavium/dma-engine.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 * DMA Engine.
 
 The Octeon DMA Engine transfers between the Boot Bus and main memory.
-The DMA Engine will be refered to by phandle by any device that is
+The DMA Engine will be referred to by phandle by any device that is
 connected to it.
 
 Properties:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt
index 792768953330..6d1c0988cfc7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt
@@ -4,18 +4,18 @@
 The Synopsis designware mobile storage host controller is used to interface
 a SoC with storage medium such as eMMC or SD/MMC cards. This file documents
 differences between the core Synopsis dw mshc controller properties described
-by synposis-dw-mshc.txt and the properties used by the Samsung Exynos specific
+by synopsis-dw-mshc.txt and the properties used by the Samsung Exynos specific
 extensions to the Synopsis Designware Mobile Storage Host Controller.
 
 Required Properties:
 
 * compatible: should be
 	- "samsung,exynos4210-dw-mshc": for controllers with Samsung Exynos4210
-	  specific extentions.
+	  specific extensions.
 	- "samsung,exynos4412-dw-mshc": for controllers with Samsung Exynos4412
-	  specific extentions.
+	  specific extensions.
 	- "samsung,exynos5250-dw-mshc": for controllers with Samsung Exynos5250
-	  specific extentions.
+	  specific extensions.
 
 * samsung,dw-mshc-ciu-div: Specifies the divider value for the card interface
   unit (ciu) clock. This property is applicable only for Exynos5 SoC's and
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/samsung-sdhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/samsung-sdhci.txt
index 97e9e315400d..3b3a1ee055ff 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/samsung-sdhci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/samsung-sdhci.txt
@@ -55,5 +55,5 @@ Example:
 	};
 
 	Note: This example shows both SoC specific and board specific properties
-	in a single device node. The properties can be actually be seperated
+	in a single device node. The properties can be actually be separated
 	into SoC specific node and board specific node.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsmc-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsmc-nand.txt
index e3ea32e7de3e..2240ac09f6ba 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsmc-nand.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsmc-nand.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 * FSMC NAND
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible : "st,spear600-fsmc-nand"
+- compatible : "st,spear600-fsmc-nand", "stericsson,fsmc-nand"
 - reg : Address range of the mtd chip
 - reg-names: Should contain the reg names "fsmc_regs", "nand_data", "nand_addr" and "nand_cmd"
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmc-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmc-nand.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e7f8d7ed47eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmc-nand.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+Device tree bindings for GPMC connected NANDs
+
+GPMC connected NAND (found on OMAP boards) are represented as child nodes of
+the GPMC controller with a name of "nand".
+
+All timing relevant properties as well as generic gpmc child properties are
+explained in a separate documents - please refer to
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-gpmc.txt
+
+For NAND specific properties such as ECC modes or bus width, please refer to
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/nand.txt
+
+
+Required properties:
+
+ - reg:		The CS line the peripheral is connected to
+
+Optional properties:
+
+ - nand-bus-width: 		Set this numeric value to 16 if the hardware
+				is wired that way. If not specified, a bus
+				width of 8 is assumed.
+
+ - ti,nand-ecc-opt:		A string setting the ECC layout to use. One of:
+
+		"sw"		Software method (default)
+		"hw"		Hardware method
+		"hw-romcode"	gpmc hamming mode method & romcode layout
+		"bch4"		4-bit BCH ecc code
+		"bch8"		8-bit BCH ecc code
+
+ - elm_id:	Specifies elm device node. This is required to support BCH
+ 		error correction using ELM module.
+
+For inline partiton table parsing (optional):
+
+ - #address-cells: should be set to 1
+ - #size-cells: should be set to 1
+
+Example for an AM33xx board:
+
+	gpmc: gpmc@50000000 {
+		compatible = "ti,am3352-gpmc";
+		ti,hwmods = "gpmc";
+		reg = <0x50000000 0x1000000>;
+		interrupts = <100>;
+		gpmc,num-cs = <8>;
+		gpmc,num-waitpins = <2>;
+		#address-cells = <2>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+		ranges = <0 0 0x08000000 0x2000>;	/* CS0: NAND */
+		elm_id = <&elm>;
+
+		nand@0,0 {
+			reg = <0 0 0>; /* CS0, offset 0 */
+			nand-bus-width = <16>;
+			ti,nand-ecc-opt = "bch8";
+
+			gpmc,sync-clk = <0>;
+			gpmc,cs-on = <0>;
+			gpmc,cs-rd-off = <44>;
+			gpmc,cs-wr-off = <44>;
+			gpmc,adv-on = <6>;
+			gpmc,adv-rd-off = <34>;
+			gpmc,adv-wr-off = <44>;
+			gpmc,we-off = <40>;
+			gpmc,oe-off = <54>;
+			gpmc,access = <64>;
+			gpmc,rd-cycle = <82>;
+			gpmc,wr-cycle = <82>;
+			gpmc,wr-access = <40>;
+			gpmc,wr-data-mux-bus = <0>;
+
+			#address-cells = <1>;
+			#size-cells = <1>;
+
+			/* partitions go here */
+		};
+	};
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmc-onenand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmc-onenand.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..deec9da224a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmc-onenand.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+Device tree bindings for GPMC connected OneNANDs
+
+GPMC connected OneNAND (found on OMAP boards) are represented as child nodes of
+the GPMC controller with a name of "onenand".
+
+All timing relevant properties as well as generic gpmc child properties are
+explained in a separate documents - please refer to
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-gpmc.txt
+
+Required properties:
+
+ - reg:			The CS line the peripheral is connected to
+
+Optional properties:
+
+ - dma-channel:		DMA Channel index
+
+For inline partiton table parsing (optional):
+
+ - #address-cells: should be set to 1
+ - #size-cells: should be set to 1
+
+Example for an OMAP3430 board:
+
+	gpmc: gpmc@6e000000 {
+		compatible = "ti,omap3430-gpmc";
+		ti,hwmods = "gpmc";
+		reg = <0x6e000000 0x1000000>;
+		interrupts = <20>;
+		gpmc,num-cs = <8>;
+		gpmc,num-waitpins = <4>;
+		#address-cells = <2>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+
+		onenand@0 {
+			reg = <0 0 0>; /* CS0, offset 0 */
+
+			#address-cells = <1>;
+			#size-cells = <1>;
+
+			/* partitions go here */
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt
index 6ddd0286a9b7..ecfdf756d10f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt
@@ -24,6 +24,8 @@ Required properties:
 Optional properties:
 - ti,hwmods		: Must be "cpgmac0"
 - no_bd_ram		: Must be 0 or 1
+- dual_emac		: Specifies Switch to act as Dual EMAC
+- dual_emac_res_vlan	: Specifies VID to be used to segregate the ports
 
 Note: "ti,hwmods" field is used to fetch the base address and irq
 resources from TI, omap hwmod data base during device registration.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..dff0e5f995e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+* Allwinner A1X Pin Controller
+
+The pins controlled by sunXi pin controller are organized in banks,
+each bank has 32 pins.  Each pin has 7 multiplexing functions, with
+the first two functions being GPIO in and out. The configuration on
+the pins includes drive strength and pull-up.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "allwinner,<soc>-pinctrl". Supported SoCs for now are:
+  sun5i-a13.
+- reg: Should contain the register physical address and length for the
+  pin controller.
+
+Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the
+common pinctrl bindings used by client devices.
+
+A pinctrl node should contain at least one subnodes representing the
+pinctrl groups available on the machine. Each subnode will list the
+pins it needs, and how they should be configured, with regard to muxer
+configuration, drive strength and pullups. If one of these options is
+not set, its actual value will be unspecified.
+
+Required subnode-properties:
+
+- allwinner,pins: List of strings containing the pin name.
+- allwinner,function: Function to mux the pins listed above to.
+
+Optional subnode-properties:
+- allwinner,drive: Integer. Represents the current sent to the pin
+    0: 10 mA
+    1: 20 mA
+    2: 30 mA
+    3: 40 mA
+- allwinner,pull: Integer.
+    0: No resistor
+    1: Pull-up resistor
+    2: Pull-down resistor
+
+Examples:
+
+pinctrl@01c20800 {
+	compatible = "allwinner,sun5i-a13-pinctrl";
+	reg = <0x01c20800 0x400>;
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <0>;
+
+	uart1_pins_a: uart1@0 {
+		allwinner,pins = "PE10", "PE11";
+		allwinner,function = "uart1";
+		allwinner,drive = <0>;
+		allwinner,pull = <0>;
+	};
+
+	uart1_pins_b: uart1@1 {
+		allwinner,pins = "PG3", "PG4";
+		allwinner,function = "uart1";
+		allwinner,drive = <0>;
+		allwinner,pull = <0>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra114-pinmux.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra114-pinmux.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e204d009f16c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra114-pinmux.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+NVIDIA Tegra114 pinmux controller
+
+The Tegra114 pinctrl binding is very similar to the Tegra20 and Tegra30
+pinctrl binding, as described in nvidia,tegra20-pinmux.txt and
+nvidia,tegra30-pinmux.txt. In fact, this document assumes that binding as
+a baseline, and only documents the differences between the two bindings.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "nvidia,tegra114-pinmux"
+- reg: Should contain the register physical address and length for each of
+  the pad control and mux registers. The first bank of address must be the
+  driver strength pad control register address and second bank address must
+  be pinmux register address.
+
+Tegra114 adds the following optional properties for pin configuration subnodes:
+- nvidia,enable-input: Integer. Enable the pin's input path. 0: no, 1: yes.
+- nvidia,open-drain: Integer. Enable open drain mode. 0: no, 1: yes.
+- nvidia,lock: Integer. Lock the pin configuration against further changes
+    until reset. 0: no, 1: yes.
+- nvidia,io-reset: Integer. Reset the IO path. 0: no, 1: yes.
+- nvidia,rcv-sel: Integer. Select VIL/VIH receivers. 0: normal, 1: high.
+- nvidia,drive-type: Integer. Valid range 0...3.
+
+As with Tegra20 and Terga30, see the Tegra TRM for complete details regarding
+which groups support which functionality.
+
+Valid values for pin and group names are:
+
+  per-pin mux groups:
+
+    These all support nvidia,function, nvidia,tristate, nvidia,pull,
+    nvidia,enable-input, nvidia,lock. Some support nvidia,open-drain,
+    nvidia,io-reset and nvidia,rcv-sel.
+
+    ulpi_data0_po1, ulpi_data1_po2, ulpi_data2_po3, ulpi_data3_po4,
+    ulpi_data4_po5, ulpi_data5_po6, ulpi_data6_po7, ulpi_data7_po0,
+    ulpi_clk_py0, ulpi_dir_py1, ulpi_nxt_py2, ulpi_stp_py3, dap3_fs_pp0,
+    dap3_din_pp1, dap3_dout_pp2, dap3_sclk_pp3, pv0, pv1, sdmmc1_clk_pz0,
+    sdmmc1_cmd_pz1, sdmmc1_dat3_py4, sdmmc1_dat2_py5, sdmmc1_dat1_py6,
+    sdmmc1_dat0_py7, clk2_out_pw5, clk2_req_pcc5, hdmi_int_pn7, ddc_scl_pv4,
+    ddc_sda_pv5, uart2_rxd_pc3, uart2_txd_pc2, uart2_rts_n_pj6,
+    uart2_cts_n_pj5, uart3_txd_pw6, uart3_rxd_pw7, uart3_cts_n_pa1,
+    uart3_rts_n_pc0, pu0, pu1, pu2, pu3, pu4, pu5, pu6, gen1_i2c_sda_pc5,
+    gen1_i2c_scl_pc4, dap4_fs_pp4, dap4_din_pp5, dap4_dout_pp6, dap4_sclk_pp7,
+    clk3_out_pee0, clk3_req_pee1, gmi_wp_n_pc7, gmi_iordy_pi5, gmi_wait_pi7,
+    gmi_adv_n_pk0, gmi_clk_pk1, gmi_cs0_n_pj0, gmi_cs1_n_pj2, gmi_cs2_n_pk3,
+    gmi_cs3_n_pk4, gmi_cs4_n_pk2, gmi_cs6_n_pi3, gmi_cs7_n_pi6, gmi_ad0_pg0,
+    gmi_ad1_pg1, gmi_ad2_pg2, gmi_ad3_pg3, gmi_ad4_pg4, gmi_ad5_pg5,
+    gmi_ad6_pg6, gmi_ad7_pg7, gmi_ad8_ph0, gmi_ad9_ph1, gmi_ad10_ph2,
+    gmi_ad11_ph3, gmi_ad12_ph4, gmi_ad13_ph5, gmi_ad14_ph6, gmi_ad15_ph7,
+    gmi_a16_pj7, gmi_a17_pb0, gmi_a18_pb1, gmi_a19_pk7, gmi_wr_n_pi0,
+    gmi_oe_n_pi1, gmi_dqs_p_pj3, gmi_rst_n_pi4, gen2_i2c_scl_pt5,
+    gen2_i2c_sda_pt6, sdmmc4_clk_pcc4, sdmmc4_cmd_pt7, sdmmc4_dat0_paa0,
+    sdmmc4_dat1_paa1, sdmmc4_dat2_paa2, sdmmc4_dat3_paa3, sdmmc4_dat4_paa4,
+    sdmmc4_dat5_paa5, sdmmc4_dat6_paa6, sdmmc4_dat7_paa7, cam_mclk_pcc0,
+    pcc1, pbb0, cam_i2c_scl_pbb1, cam_i2c_sda_pbb2, pbb3, pbb4, pbb5, pbb6,
+    pbb7, pcc2, pwr_i2c_scl_pz6, pwr_i2c_sda_pz7, kb_row0_pr0, kb_row1_pr1,
+    kb_row2_pr2, kb_row3_pr3, kb_row4_pr4, kb_row5_pr5, kb_row6_pr6,
+    kb_row7_pr7, kb_row8_ps0, kb_row9_ps1, kb_row10_ps2, kb_col0_pq0,
+    kb_col1_pq1, kb_col2_pq2, kb_col3_pq3, kb_col4_pq4, kb_col5_pq5,
+    kb_col6_pq6, kb_col7_pq7, clk_32k_out_pa0, sys_clk_req_pz5, core_pwr_req,
+    cpu_pwr_req, pwr_int_n, owr, dap1_fs_pn0, dap1_din_pn1, dap1_dout_pn2,
+    dap1_sclk_pn3, clk1_req_pee2, clk1_out_pw4, spdif_in_pk6, spdif_out_pk5,
+    dap2_fs_pa2, dap2_din_pa4, dap2_dout_pa5, dap2_sclk_pa3, dvfs_pwm_px0,
+    gpio_x1_aud_px1, gpio_x3_aud_px3, dvfs_clk_px2, gpio_x4_aud_px4,
+    gpio_x5_aud_px5, gpio_x6_aud_px6, gpio_x7_aud_px7, sdmmc3_clk_pa6,
+    sdmmc3_cmd_pa7, sdmmc3_dat0_pb7, sdmmc3_dat1_pb6, sdmmc3_dat2_pb5,
+    sdmmc3_dat3_pb4, hdmi_cec_pee3, sdmmc1_wp_n_pv3, sdmmc3_cd_n_pv2,
+    gpio_w2_aud_pw2, gpio_w3_aud_pw3, usb_vbus_en0_pn4, usb_vbus_en1_pn5,
+    sdmmc3_clk_lb_in_pee5, sdmmc3_clk_lb_out_pee4, reset_out_n.
+
+  drive groups:
+
+    These all support nvidia,pull-down-strength, nvidia,pull-up-strength,
+    nvidia,slew-rate-rising, nvidia,slew-rate-falling. Most but not all
+    support nvidia,high-speed-mode, nvidia,schmitt, nvidia,low-power-mode
+    and nvidia,drive-type.
+
+    ao1, ao2, at1, at2, at3, at4, at5, cdev1, cdev2, dap1, dap2, dap3, dap4,
+    dbg, sdio3, spi, uaa, uab, uart2, uart3, sdio1, ddc, gma, gme, gmf, gmg,
+    gmh, owr, uda.
+
+Example:
+
+	pinmux: pinmux {
+		compatible = "nvidia,tegra114-pinmux";
+		reg = <0x70000868 0x148		/* Pad control registers */
+		       0x70003000 0x40c>;	/* PinMux registers */
+	};
+
+Example board file extract:
+
+	pinctrl {
+		sdmmc4_default: pinmux {
+			sdmmc4_clk_pcc4 {
+				nvidia,pins = "sdmmc4_clk_pcc4",
+				nvidia,function = "sdmmc4";
+				nvidia,pull = <0>;
+				nvidia,tristate = <0>;
+			};
+			sdmmc4_dat0_paa0 {
+				nvidia,pins = "sdmmc4_dat0_paa0",
+						"sdmmc4_dat1_paa1",
+						"sdmmc4_dat2_paa2",
+						"sdmmc4_dat3_paa3",
+						"sdmmc4_dat4_paa4",
+						"sdmmc4_dat5_paa5",
+						"sdmmc4_dat6_paa6",
+						"sdmmc4_dat7_paa7";
+				nvidia,function = "sdmmc4";
+				nvidia,pull = <2>;
+				nvidia,tristate = <0>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
+
+	sdhci@78000400 {
+		pinctrl-names = "default";
+		pinctrl-0 = <&sdmmc4_default>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt
index e97a27856b21..4598a47aa0cd 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt
@@ -7,9 +7,9 @@ on-chip controllers onto these pads.
 
 Required Properties:
 - compatible: should be one of the following.
-  - "samsung,pinctrl-exynos4210": for Exynos4210 compatible pin-controller.
-  - "samsung,pinctrl-exynos4x12": for Exynos4x12 compatible pin-controller.
-  - "samsung,pinctrl-exynos5250": for Exynos5250 compatible pin-controller.
+  - "samsung,exynos4210-pinctrl": for Exynos4210 compatible pin-controller.
+  - "samsung,exynos4x12-pinctrl": for Exynos4x12 compatible pin-controller.
+  - "samsung,exynos5250-pinctrl": for Exynos5250 compatible pin-controller.
 
 - reg: Base address of the pin controller hardware module and length of
   the address space it occupies.
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ the following format 'pinctrl{n}' where n is a unique number for the alias.
 Example: A pin-controller node with pin banks:
 
 	pinctrl_0: pinctrl@11400000 {
-		compatible = "samsung,pinctrl-exynos4210";
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-pinctrl";
 		reg = <0x11400000 0x1000>;
 		interrupts = <0 47 0>;
 
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Example: A pin-controller node with pin banks:
 Example 1: A pin-controller node with pin groups.
 
 	pinctrl_0: pinctrl@11400000 {
-		compatible = "samsung,pinctrl-exynos4210";
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-pinctrl";
 		reg = <0x11400000 0x1000>;
 		interrupts = <0 47 0>;
 
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ Example 1: A pin-controller node with pin groups.
 Example 2: A pin-controller node with external wakeup interrupt controller node.
 
 	pinctrl_1: pinctrl@11000000 {
-		compatible = "samsung,pinctrl-exynos4210";
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-pinctrl";
 		reg = <0x11000000 0x1000>;
 		interrupts = <0 46 0>
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/ste,nomadik.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/ste,nomadik.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9a2f3f420526
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/ste,nomadik.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+ST Ericsson Nomadik pinmux controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "stericsson,nmk-pinctrl", "stericsson,nmk-pinctrl-db8540",
+              "stericsson,nmk-pinctrl-stn8815"
+- reg: Should contain the register physical address and length of the PRCMU.
+
+Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the
+common pinctrl bindings used by client devices, including the meaning of the
+phrase "pin configuration node".
+
+ST Ericsson's pin configuration nodes act as a container for an arbitrary number of
+subnodes. Each of these subnodes represents some desired configuration for a
+pin, a group, or a list of pins or groups. This configuration can include the
+mux function to select on those pin(s)/group(s), and various pin configuration
+parameters, such as input, output, pull up, pull down...
+
+The name of each subnode is not important; all subnodes should be enumerated
+and processed purely based on their content.
+
+Required subnode-properties:
+- ste,pins : An array of strings. Each string contains the name of a pin or
+    group.
+
+Optional subnode-properties:
+- ste,function: A string containing the name of the function to mux to the
+  pin or group.
+
+- ste,config: Handle of pin configuration node (e.g. ste,config = <&slpm_in_wkup_pdis>)
+
+- ste,input : <0/1/2>
+	0: input with no pull
+	1: input with pull up,
+	2: input with pull down,
+
+- ste,output: <0/1/2>
+	0: output low,
+	1: output high,
+	2: output (value is not specified).
+
+- ste,sleep: <0/1>
+	0: sleep mode disable,
+	1: sleep mode enable.
+
+- ste,sleep-input: <0/1/2/3>
+	0: sleep input with no pull,
+	1: sleep input with pull up,
+	2: sleep input with pull down.
+	3: sleep input and keep last input configuration (no pull, pull up or pull down).
+
+- ste,sleep-output: <0/1/2>
+	0: sleep output low,
+	1: sleep output high,
+	2: sleep output (value is not specified).
+
+- ste,sleep-gpio: <0/1>
+	0: disable sleep gpio mode,
+	1: enable sleep gpio mode.
+
+- ste,sleep-wakeup: <0/1>
+	0: wake-up detection enabled,
+	1: wake-up detection disabled.
+
+- ste,sleep-pull-disable: <0/1>
+	0: GPIO pull-up or pull-down resistor is enabled, when pin is an input,
+	1: GPIO pull-up and pull-down resistor are disabled.
+
+Example board file extract:
+
+	pinctrl@80157000 {
+		compatible = "stericsson,nmk-pinctrl";
+		reg = <0x80157000 0x2000>;
+
+		pinctrl-names = "default";
+
+		slpm_in_wkup_pdis: slpm_in_wkup_pdis {
+			ste,sleep = <1>;
+			ste,sleep-input = <3>;
+			ste,sleep-wakeup = <1>;
+			ste,sleep-pull-disable = <0>;
+		};
+
+		slpm_out_hi_wkup_pdis: slpm_out_hi_wkup_pdis {
+			ste,sleep = <1>;
+			ste,sleep-output = <1>;
+			ste,sleep-wakeup = <1>;
+			ste,sleep-pull-disable = <0>;
+		};
+
+		slpm_out_wkup_pdis: slpm_out_wkup_pdis {
+			ste,sleep = <1>;
+			ste,sleep-output = <2>;
+			ste,sleep-wakeup = <1>;
+			ste,sleep-pull-disable = <0>;
+		};
+
+		uart0 {
+			uart0_default_mux: uart0_mux {
+				u0_default_mux {
+					ste,function = "u0";
+					ste,pins = "u0_a_1";
+				};
+			};
+			uart0_default_mode: uart0_default {
+				uart0_default_cfg1 {
+					ste,pins = "GPIO0", "GPIO2";
+					ste,input = <1>;
+				};
+
+				uart0_default_cfg2 {
+					ste,pins = "GPIO1", "GPIO3";
+					ste,output = <1>;
+				};
+			};
+			uart0_sleep_mode: uart0_sleep {
+				uart0_sleep_cfg1 {
+					ste,pins = "GPIO0", "GPIO2";
+					ste,config = <&slpm_in_wkup_pdis>;
+				};
+				uart0_sleep_cfg2 {
+					ste,pins = "GPIO1";
+					ste,config = <&slpm_out_hi_wkup_pdis>;
+				};
+				uart0_sleep_cfg3 {
+					ste,pins = "GPIO3";
+					ste,config = <&slpm_out_wkup_pdis>;
+				};
+			};
+		};
+	};
+
+	uart@80120000 {
+		compatible = "arm,pl011", "arm,primecell";
+		reg = <0x80120000 0x1000>;
+		interrupts = <0 11 0x4>;
+
+		pinctrl-names = "default","sleep";
+		pinctrl-0 = <&uart0_default_mux>, <&uart0_default_mode>;
+		pinctrl-1 = <&uart0_sleep_mode>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/qnap-poweroff.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/qnap-poweroff.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9a599d27bd75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/qnap-poweroff.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+* QNAP Power Off
+
+QNAP NAS devices have a microcontroller controlling the main power
+supply. This microcontroller is connected to UART1 of the Kirkwood and
+Orion5x SoCs. Sending the charactor 'A', at 19200 baud, tells the
+microcontroller to turn the power off. This driver adds a handler to
+pm_power_off which is called to turn the power off.
+
+Required Properties:
+- compatible: Should be "qnap,power-off"
+
+- reg: Address and length of the register set for UART1
+- clocks: tclk clock
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/restart-poweroff.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/restart-poweroff.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5776e684afda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/restart-poweroff.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+* Restart Power Off
+
+Buffalo Linkstation LS-XHL and LS-CHLv2, and other devices power off
+by restarting and letting u-boot keep hold of the machine until the
+user presses a button.
+
+Required Properties:
+- compatible: Should be "restart-poweroff"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/srio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/srio.txt
index b039bcbee134..07abf0f2f440 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/srio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/srio.txt
@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ Properties:
 	Definition: Must include "fsl,srio" for IP blocks with IP Block
 	Revision Register (SRIO IPBRR1) Major ID equal to 0x01c0.
 
-	Optionally, a compatiable string of "fsl,srio-vX.Y" where X is Major
+	Optionally, a compatible string of "fsl,srio-vX.Y" where X is Major
 	version in IP Block Revision Register and Y is Minor version.  If this
-	compatiable is provided it should be ordered before "fsl,srio".
+	compatible is provided it should be ordered before "fsl,srio".
 
    - reg
 	Usage: required
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/anatop-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/anatop-regulator.txt
index 357758cb6e92..758eae24082a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/anatop-regulator.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/anatop-regulator.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,11 @@ Required properties:
 - anatop-min-voltage: Minimum voltage of this regulator
 - anatop-max-voltage: Maximum voltage of this regulator
 
+Optional properties:
+- anatop-delay-reg-offset: Anatop MFD step time register offset
+- anatop-delay-bit-shift: Bit shift for the step time register
+- anatop-delay-bit-width: Number of bits used in the step time register
+
 Any property defined as part of the core regulator
 binding, defined in regulator.txt, can also be used.
 
@@ -23,6 +28,9 @@ Example:
 		anatop-reg-offset = <0x140>;
 		anatop-vol-bit-shift = <9>;
 		anatop-vol-bit-width = <5>;
+		anatop-delay-reg-offset = <0x170>;
+		anatop-delay-bit-shift = <24>;
+		anatop-delay-bit-width = <2>;
 		anatop-min-bit-val = <1>;
 		anatop-min-voltage = <725000>;
 		anatop-max-voltage = <1300000>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/s5m8767-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/s5m8767-regulator.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a35ff99003a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/s5m8767-regulator.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+* Samsung S5M8767 Voltage and Current Regulator
+
+The Samsung S5M8767 is a multi-function device which includes volatage and
+current regulators, rtc, charger controller and other sub-blocks. It is
+interfaced to the host controller using a i2c interface. Each sub-block is
+addressed by the host system using different i2c slave address. This document
+describes the bindings for 'pmic' sub-block of s5m8767.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "samsung,s5m8767-pmic".
+- reg: Specifies the i2c slave address of the pmic block. It should be 0x66.
+
+- s5m8767,pmic-buck2-dvs-voltage: A set of 8 voltage values in micro-volt (uV)
+  units for buck2 when changing voltage using gpio dvs. Refer to [1] below
+  for additional information.
+
+- s5m8767,pmic-buck3-dvs-voltage: A set of 8 voltage values in micro-volt (uV)
+  units for buck3 when changing voltage using gpio dvs. Refer to [1] below
+  for additional information.
+
+- s5m8767,pmic-buck4-dvs-voltage: A set of 8 voltage values in micro-volt (uV)
+  units for buck4 when changing voltage using gpio dvs. Refer to [1] below
+  for additional information.
+
+- s5m8767,pmic-buck-ds-gpios: GPIO specifiers for three host gpio's used
+  for selecting GPIO DVS lines. It is one-to-one mapped to dvs gpio lines.
+
+[1] If none of the 's5m8767,pmic-buck[2/3/4]-uses-gpio-dvs' optional
+    property is specified, the 's5m8767,pmic-buck[2/3/4]-dvs-voltage'
+    property should specify atleast one voltage level (which would be a
+    safe operating voltage).
+
+    If either of the 's5m8767,pmic-buck[2/3/4]-uses-gpio-dvs' optional
+    property is specified, then all the eight voltage values for the
+    's5m8767,pmic-buck[2/3/4]-dvs-voltage' should be specified.
+
+Optional properties:
+- interrupt-parent: Specifies the phandle of the interrupt controller to which
+  the interrupts from s5m8767 are delivered to.
+- interrupts: Interrupt specifiers for two interrupt sources.
+  - First interrupt specifier is for 'irq1' interrupt.
+  - Second interrupt specifier is for 'alert' interrupt.
+- s5m8767,pmic-buck2-uses-gpio-dvs: 'buck2' can be controlled by gpio dvs.
+- s5m8767,pmic-buck3-uses-gpio-dvs: 'buck3' can be controlled by gpio dvs.
+- s5m8767,pmic-buck4-uses-gpio-dvs: 'buck4' can be controlled by gpio dvs.
+
+Additional properties required if either of the optional properties are used:
+
+- s5m8767,pmic-buck234-default-dvs-idx: Default voltage setting selected from
+  the possible 8 options selectable by the dvs gpios. The value of this
+  property should be between 0 and 7. If not specified or if out of range, the
+  default value of this property is set to 0.
+
+- s5m8767,pmic-buck-dvs-gpios: GPIO specifiers for three host gpio's used
+  for dvs. The format of the gpio specifier depends in the gpio controller.
+
+Regulators: The regulators of s5m8767 that have to be instantiated should be
+included in a sub-node named 'regulators'. Regulator nodes included in this
+sub-node should be of the format as listed below.
+
+	regulator_name {
+		ldo1_reg: LDO1 {
+			regulator-name = "VDD_ALIVE_1.0V";
+			regulator-min-microvolt = <1100000>;
+			regulator-max-microvolt = <1100000>;
+			regulator-always-on;
+			regulator-boot-on;
+			op_mode = <1>; /* Normal Mode */
+		};
+	};
+The above regulator entries are defined in regulator bindings documentation
+except op_mode description.
+	- op_mode: describes the different operating modes of the LDO's with
+		power mode change in SOC. The different possible values are,
+		0 - always off mode
+		1 - on in normal mode
+		2 - low power mode
+		3 - suspend mode
+
+The following are the names of the regulators that the s5m8767 pmic block
+supports. Note: The 'n' in LDOn and BUCKn represents the LDO or BUCK number
+as per the datasheet of s5m8767.
+
+	- LDOn
+		  - valid values for n are 1 to 28
+		  - Example: LDO0, LD01, LDO28
+	- BUCKn
+		  - valid values for n are 1 to 9.
+		  - Example: BUCK1, BUCK2, BUCK9
+
+The bindings inside the regulator nodes use the standard regulator bindings
+which are documented elsewhere.
+
+Example:
+
+	s5m8767_pmic@66 {
+		compatible = "samsung,s5m8767-pmic";
+		reg = <0x66>;
+
+		s5m8767,pmic-buck2-uses-gpio-dvs;
+		s5m8767,pmic-buck3-uses-gpio-dvs;
+		s5m8767,pmic-buck4-uses-gpio-dvs;
+
+		s5m8767,pmic-buck-default-dvs-idx = <0>;
+
+		s5m8767,pmic-buck-dvs-gpios = <&gpx0 0 1 0 0>, /* DVS1 */
+						 <&gpx0 1 1 0 0>, /* DVS2 */
+						 <&gpx0 2 1 0 0>; /* DVS3 */
+
+		s5m8767,pmic-buck-ds-gpios = <&gpx2 3 1 0 0>, /* SET1 */
+						<&gpx2 4 1 0 0>, /* SET2 */
+						<&gpx2 5 1 0 0>; /* SET3 */
+
+		s5m8767,pmic-buck2-dvs-voltage = <1350000>, <1300000>,
+						 <1250000>, <1200000>,
+						 <1150000>, <1100000>,
+						 <1000000>, <950000>;
+
+		s5m8767,pmic-buck3-dvs-voltage = <1100000>, <1100000>,
+						 <1100000>, <1100000>,
+						 <1000000>, <1000000>,
+						 <1000000>, <1000000>;
+
+		s5m8767,pmic-buck4-dvs-voltage = <1200000>, <1200000>,
+						 <1200000>, <1200000>,
+						 <1200000>, <1200000>,
+						 <1200000>, <1200000>;
+
+		regulators {
+			ldo1_reg: LDO1 {
+				regulator-name = "VDD_ABB_3.3V";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <3300000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>;
+				op_mode = <1>; /* Normal Mode */
+			};
+
+			ldo2_reg: LDO2 {
+				regulator-name = "VDD_ALIVE_1.1V";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <1100000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <1100000>;
+				regulator-always-on;
+			};
+
+			buck1_reg: BUCK1 {
+				regulator-name = "VDD_MIF_1.2V";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <950000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <1350000>;
+				regulator-always-on;
+				regulator-boot-on;
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps51632-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps51632-regulator.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2f7e44a96414
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps51632-regulator.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+TPS51632 Voltage regulators
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Must be "ti,tps51632"
+- reg: I2C slave address
+
+Optional properties:
+- ti,enable-pwm-dvfs: Enable the DVFS voltage control through the PWM interface.
+- ti,dvfs-step-20mV: The 20mV step voltage when PWM DVFS enabled. Missing this
+	will set 10mV step voltage in PWM DVFS mode. In normal mode, the voltage
+	step is 10mV as per datasheet.
+
+Any property defined as part of the core regulator binding, defined in
+regulator.txt, can also be used.
+
+Example:
+
+	tps51632 {
+		compatible = "ti,tps51632";
+		reg =  <0x43>;
+		regulator-name = "tps51632-vout";
+		regulator-min-microvolt = <500000>;
+		regulator-max-microvolt = <1500000>;
+		regulator-boot-on;
+		ti,enable-pwm-dvfs;
+		ti,dvfs-step-20mV;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps62360-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps62360-regulator.txt
index c8ca6b8f6582..1b20c3dbcdb8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps62360-regulator.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps62360-regulator.txt
@@ -17,9 +17,9 @@ Optional properties:
 - ti,vsel1-gpio: Gpio for controlling VSEL1 line.
   If this property is missing, then assume that there is no GPIO
   for vsel1 control.
-- ti,vsel0-state-high: Inital state of vsel0 input is high.
+- ti,vsel0-state-high: Initial state of vsel0 input is high.
   If this property is missing, then assume the state as low (0).
-- ti,vsel1-state-high: Inital state of vsel1 input is high.
+- ti,vsel1-state-high: Initial state of vsel1 input is high.
   If this property is missing, then assume the state as low (0).
 
 Any property defined as part of the core regulator binding, defined in
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.txt
index 90ec45fd33ec..7ac7259fe9ea 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.txt
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Required properties:
 - reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
   region.
 - interrupts: Two interrupt numbers to the cpu should be specified. First
-  interrupt number is the rtc alarm interupt and second interrupt number
+  interrupt number is the rtc alarm interrupt and second interrupt number
   is the rtc tick interrupt. The number of cells representing a interrupt
   depends on the parent interrupt controller.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nvidia,tegra20-hsuart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nvidia,tegra20-hsuart.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..392a4493eebd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nvidia,tegra20-hsuart.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+NVIDIA Tegra20/Tegra30 high speed (DMA based) UART controller driver.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : should be "nvidia,tegra30-hsuart", "nvidia,tegra20-hsuart".
+- reg: Should contain UART controller registers location and length.
+- interrupts: Should contain UART controller interrupts.
+- nvidia,dma-request-selector : The Tegra DMA controller's phandle and
+  request selector for this UART controller.
+
+Optional properties:
+- nvidia,enable-modem-interrupt: Enable modem interrupts. Should be enable
+		only if all 8 lines of UART controller are pinmuxed.
+
+Example:
+
+serial@70006000 {
+	compatible = "nvidia,tegra30-hsuart", "nvidia,tegra20-hsuart";
+	reg = <0x70006000 0x40>;
+	reg-shift = <2>;
+	interrupts = <0 36 0x04>;
+	nvidia,dma-request-selector = <&apbdma 8>;
+	nvidia,enable-modem-interrupt;
+	status = "disabled";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak4642.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak4642.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..623d4e70ae11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak4642.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+AK4642 I2C transmitter
+
+This device supports I2C mode only.
+
+Required properties:
+
+  - compatible : "asahi-kasei,ak4642" or "asahi-kasei,ak4643" or "asahi-kasei,ak4648"
+  - reg : The chip select number on the I2C bus
+
+Example:
+
+&i2c {
+	ak4648: ak4648@0x12 {
+		compatible = "asahi-kasei,ak4642";
+		reg = <0x12>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4271.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4271.txt
index a850fb9c88ea..e2cd1d7539e5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4271.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4271.txt
@@ -20,6 +20,18 @@ Optional properties:
 		!RESET pin
  - cirrus,amuteb-eq-bmutec:	When given, the Codec's AMUTEB=BMUTEC flag
 				is enabled.
+ - cirrus,enable-soft-reset:
+	The CS4271 requires its LRCLK and MCLK to be stable before its RESET
+	line is de-asserted. That also means that clocks cannot be changed
+	without putting the chip back into hardware reset, which also requires
+	a complete re-initialization of all registers.
+
+	One (undocumented) workaround is to assert and de-assert the PDN bit
+	in the MODE2 register. This workaround can be enabled with this DT
+	property.
+
+	Note that this is not needed in case the clocks are stable
+	throughout the entire runtime of the codec.
 
 Examples:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm9712.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm9712.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..be35d34e8b26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm9712.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+NVIDIA Tegra audio complex
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "nvidia,tegra-audio-wm9712"
+- nvidia,model : The user-visible name of this sound complex.
+- nvidia,audio-routing : A list of the connections between audio components.
+  Each entry is a pair of strings, the first being the connection's sink,
+  the second being the connection's source. Valid names for sources and
+  sinks are the WM9712's pins, and the jacks on the board:
+
+  WM9712 pins:
+
+  * MONOOUT
+  * HPOUTL
+  * HPOUTR
+  * LOUT2
+  * ROUT2
+  * OUT3
+  * LINEINL
+  * LINEINR
+  * PHONE
+  * PCBEEP
+  * MIC1
+  * MIC2
+  * Mic Bias
+
+  Board connectors:
+
+  * Headphone
+  * LineIn
+  * Mic
+
+- nvidia,ac97-controller : The phandle of the Tegra AC97 controller
+
+
+Example:
+
+sound {
+	compatible = "nvidia,tegra-audio-wm9712-colibri_t20",
+		         "nvidia,tegra-audio-wm9712";
+	nvidia,model = "Toradex Colibri T20";
+
+	nvidia,audio-routing =
+		"Headphone", "HPOUTL",
+		"Headphone", "HPOUTR",
+		"LineIn", "LINEINL",
+		"LineIn", "LINEINR",
+		"Mic", "MIC1";
+
+	nvidia,ac97-controller = <&ac97>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra20-ac97.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra20-ac97.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c1454979c1ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra20-ac97.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+NVIDIA Tegra 20 AC97 controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "nvidia,tegra20-ac97"
+- reg : Should contain AC97 controller registers location and length
+- interrupts : Should contain AC97 interrupt
+- nvidia,dma-request-selector : The Tegra DMA controller's phandle and
+  request selector for the AC97 controller
+- nvidia,codec-reset-gpio : The Tegra GPIO controller's phandle and the number
+  of the GPIO used to reset the external AC97 codec
+- nvidia,codec-sync-gpio : The Tegra GPIO controller's phandle and the number
+  of the GPIO corresponding with the AC97 DAP _FS line
+Example:
+
+ac97@70002000 {
+	compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-ac97";
+	reg = <0x70002000 0x200>;
+	interrupts = <0 81 0x04>;
+	nvidia,dma-request-selector = <&apbdma 12>;
+	nvidia,codec-reset-gpio = <&gpio 170 0>;
+	nvidia,codec-sync-gpio = <&gpio 120 0>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-twl4030.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-twl4030.txt
index 6fae51c7f766..1ab6bc8404d5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-twl4030.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-twl4030.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,52 @@ Required properties:
 - ti,mcbsp: phandle for the McBSP node
 - ti,codec: phandle for the twl4030 audio node
 
+Optional properties:
+- ti,mcbsp-voice: phandle for the McBSP node connected to the voice port of twl
+- ti, jack-det-gpio: Jack detect GPIO
+- ti,audio-routing: List of connections between audio components.
+  Each entry is a pair of strings, the first being the connection's sink,
+  the second being the connection's source.
+  If the routing is not provided all possible connection will be available
+
+Available audio endpoints for the audio-routing table:
+
+Board connectors:
+ * Headset Stereophone
+ * Earpiece Spk
+ * Handsfree Spk
+ * Ext Spk
+ * Main Mic
+ * Sub Mic
+ * Headset Mic
+ * Carkit Mic
+ * Digital0 Mic
+ * Digital1 Mic
+ * Line In
+
+twl4030 pins:
+ * HSOL
+ * HSOR
+ * EARPIECE
+ * HFL
+ * HFR
+ * PREDRIVEL
+ * PREDRIVER
+ * CARKITL
+ * CARKITR
+ * MAINMIC
+ * SUBMIC
+ * HSMIC
+ * DIGIMIC0
+ * DIGIMIC1
+ * CARKITMIC
+ * AUXL
+ * AUXR
+
+ * Headset Mic Bias
+ * Mic Bias 1 /* Used for Main Mic or Digimic0 */
+ * Mic Bias 2 /* Used for Sub Mic or Digimic1 */
+
 Example:
 
 sound {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,fsi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,fsi.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c5be003f413e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,fsi.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+Renesas FSI
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible			: "renesas,sh_fsi2" or "renesas,sh_fsi"
+- reg				: Should contain the register physical address and length
+- interrupts			: Should contain FSI interrupt
+
+- fsia,spdif-connection		: FSI is connected by S/PDFI
+- fsia,stream-mode-support	: FSI supports 16bit stream mode.
+- fsia,use-internal-clock	: FSI uses internal clock when master mode.
+
+- fsib,spdif-connection		: same as fsia
+- fsib,stream-mode-support	: same as fsia
+- fsib,use-internal-clock	: same as fsia
+
+Example:
+
+sh_fsi2: sh_fsi2@0xec230000 {
+	compatible = "renesas,sh_fsi2";
+	reg = <0xec230000 0x400>;
+	interrupts = <0 146 0x4>;
+
+	fsia,spdif-connection;
+	fsia,stream-mode-support;
+	fsia,use-internal-clock;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung,smdk-wm8994.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung,smdk-wm8994.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4686646fb122
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung,smdk-wm8994.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+Samsung SMDK audio complex
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "samsung,smdk-wm8994"
+- samsung,i2s-controller: The phandle of the Samsung I2S0 controller
+- samsung,audio-codec: The phandle of the WM8994 audio codec
+Example:
+
+sound {
+		compatible = "samsung,smdk-wm8994";
+
+		samsung,i2s-controller = <&i2s0>;
+		samsung,audio-codec = <&wm8994>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung-i2s.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung-i2s.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3070046da2e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung-i2s.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+* Samsung I2S controller
+
+Required SoC Specific Properties:
+
+- compatible : "samsung,i2s-v5"
+- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
+  region.
+- dmas: list of DMA controller phandle and DMA request line ordered pairs.
+- dma-names: identifier string for each DMA request line in the dmas property.
+  These strings correspond 1:1 with the ordered pairs in dmas.
+
+Optional SoC Specific Properties:
+
+- samsung,supports-6ch: If the I2S Primary sound source has 5.1 Channel
+  support, this flag is enabled.
+- samsung,supports-rstclr: This flag should be set if I2S software reset bit
+  control is required. When this flag is set I2S software reset bit will be
+  enabled or disabled based on need.
+- samsung,supports-secdai:If I2S block has a secondary FIFO and internal DMA,
+  then this flag is enabled.
+- samsung,idma-addr: Internal DMA register base address of the audio
+  sub system(used in secondary sound source).
+
+Required Board Specific Properties:
+
+- gpios: The gpio specifier for data out,data in, LRCLK, CDCLK and SCLK
+  interface lines. The format of the gpio specifier depends on the gpio
+  controller.
+  The syntax of samsung gpio specifier is
+	<[phandle of the gpio controller node]
+	 [pin number within the gpio controller]
+	 [mux function]
+	 [flags and pull up/down]
+	 [drive strength]>
+
+Example:
+
+- SoC Specific Portion:
+
+i2s@03830000 {
+	compatible = "samsung,i2s-v5";
+	reg = <0x03830000 0x100>;
+	dmas = <&pdma0 10
+		&pdma0 9
+		&pdma0 8>;
+	dma-names = "tx", "rx", "tx-sec";
+	samsung,supports-6ch;
+	samsung,supports-rstclr;
+	samsung,supports-secdai;
+	samsung,idma-addr = <0x03000000>;
+};
+
+- Board Specific Portion:
+
+i2s@03830000 {
+	gpios = <&gpz 0 2 0 0>, /* I2S_0_SCLK */
+		<&gpz 1 2 0 0>, /* I2S_0_CDCLK */
+		<&gpz 2 2 0 0>, /* I2S_0_LRCK */
+		<&gpz 3 2 0 0>, /* I2S_0_SDI */
+		<&gpz 4 2 0 0>, /* I2S_0_SDO[1] */
+		<&gpz 5 2 0 0>, /* I2S_0_SDO[2] */
+		<&gpz 6 2 0 0>; /* I2S_0_SDO[3] */
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic3x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic3x.txt
index e7b98f41fa5f..f47c3f589fd0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic3x.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic3x.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,12 @@ Optional properties:
 
 - gpio-reset - gpio pin number used for codec reset
 - ai3x-gpio-func - <array of 2 int> - AIC3X_GPIO1 & AIC3X_GPIO2 Functionality
+- ai3x-micbias-vg - MicBias Voltage required.
+	1 - MICBIAS output is powered to 2.0V,
+	2 - MICBIAS output is powered to 2.5V,
+	3 - MICBIAS output is connected to AVDD,
+	If this node is not mentioned or if the value is incorrect, then MicBias
+	is powered down.
 
 Example:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8962.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8962.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..dceb3b1c2bb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8962.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+WM8962 audio CODEC
+
+This device supports I2C only.
+
+Required properties:
+
+  - compatible : "wlf,wm8962"
+
+  - reg : the I2C address of the device.
+
+Example:
+
+codec: wm8962@1a {
+	compatible = "wlf,wm8962";
+	reg = <0x1a>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e6222106ca36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+Renesas MSIOF spi controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : 	"renesas,sh-msiof" for SuperH or
+		"renesas,sh-mobile-msiof" for SH Mobile series
+- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
+- interrupts : interrupt line used by MSIOF
+
+Optional properties:
+- num-cs		: total number of chip-selects
+- renesas,tx-fifo-size	: Overrides the default tx fifo size given in words
+- renesas,rx-fifo-size	: Overrides the default rx fifo size given in words
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/iio/adc/mxs-lradc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/iio/adc/mxs-lradc.txt
index 801d58cb6d4d..46882058b59b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/iio/adc/mxs-lradc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/iio/adc/mxs-lradc.txt
@@ -5,6 +5,12 @@ Required properties:
 - reg: Address and length of the register set for the device
 - interrupts: Should contain the LRADC interrupts
 
+Optional properties:
+- fsl,lradc-touchscreen-wires: Number of wires used to connect the touchscreen
+                               to LRADC. Valid value is either 4 or 5. If this
+                               property is not present, then the touchscreen is
+                               disabled.
+
 Examples:
 
 	lradc@80050000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/arc-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/arc-uart.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5cae2eb686f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/arc-uart.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+* Synopsys ARC UART : Non standard UART used in some of the ARC FPGA boards
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible		: "snps,arc-uart"
+- reg			: offset and length of the register set for the device.
+- interrupts		: device interrupt
+- clock-frequency	: the input clock frequency for the UART
+- current-speed		: baud rate for UART
+
+e.g.
+
+arcuart0: serial@c0fc1000 {
+	compatible = "snps,arc-uart";
+	reg = <0xc0fc1000 0x100>;
+	interrupts = <5>;
+	clock-frequency = <80000000>;
+	current-speed = <115200>;
+	status = "okay";
+};
+
+Note: Each port should have an alias correctly numbered in "aliases" node.
+
+e.g.
+aliases {
+	serial0 = &arcuart0;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/efm32-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/efm32-uart.txt
index 6588b6950a7f..8e080b893b49 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/efm32-uart.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/efm32-uart.txt
@@ -5,10 +5,16 @@ Required properties:
 - reg : Address and length of the register set
 - interrupts : Should contain uart interrupt
 
+Optional properties:
+- location : Decides the location of the USART I/O pins.
+  Allowed range : [0 .. 5]
+  Default: 0
+
 Example:
 
 uart@0x4000c400 {
 	compatible = "efm32,uart";
 	reg = <0x4000c400 0x400>;
 	interrupts = <15>;
+	location = <0>;
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7a95c651ceb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+synopsys DWC3 CORE
+
+DWC3- USB3 CONTROLLER
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: must be "synopsys,dwc3"
+ - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device
+ - interrupts: Interrupts used by the dwc3 controller.
+ - usb-phy : array of phandle for the PHY device
+
+Optional properties:
+ - tx-fifo-resize: determines if the FIFO *has* to be reallocated.
+
+This is usually a subnode to DWC3 glue to which it is connected.
+
+dwc3@4a030000 {
+	compatible = "synopsys,dwc3";
+	reg = <0x4a030000 0xcfff>;
+	interrupts = <0 92 4>
+	usb-phy = <&usb2_phy>, <&usb3,phy>;
+	tx-fifo-resize;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-ehci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-ehci.txt
index e9b005dc7625..34c952883276 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-ehci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-ehci.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ Required properties :
  - phy_type : Should be one of "ulpi" or "utmi".
  - nvidia,vbus-gpio : If present, specifies a gpio that needs to be
    activated for the bus to be powered.
+ - nvidia,phy : phandle of the PHY instance, the controller is connected to.
 
 Required properties for phy_type == ulpi:
   - nvidia,phy-reset-gpio : The GPIO used to reset the PHY.
@@ -27,3 +28,5 @@ Optional properties:
     registers are accessed through the APB_MISC base address instead of
     the USB controller. Since this is a legacy issue it probably does not
     warrant a compatible string of its own.
+  - nvidia,needs-double-reset : boolean is to be set for some of the Tegra2
+    USB ports, which need reset twice due to hardware issues.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-usb-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-usb-phy.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6bdaba2f0aa1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-usb-phy.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+Tegra SOC USB PHY
+
+The device node for Tegra SOC USB PHY:
+
+Required properties :
+ - compatible : Should be "nvidia,tegra20-usb-phy".
+ - reg : Address and length of the register set for the USB PHY interface.
+ - phy_type : Should be one of "ulpi" or "utmi".
+
+Required properties for phy_type == ulpi:
+  - nvidia,phy-reset-gpio : The GPIO used to reset the PHY.
+
+Optional properties:
+  - nvidia,has-legacy-mode : boolean indicates whether this controller can
+    operate in legacy mode (as APX 2500 / 2600). In legacy mode some
+    registers are accessed through the APB_MISC base address instead of
+    the USB controller.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/omap-usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/omap-usb.txt
index 29a043ecda52..1ef0ce71f8fa 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/omap-usb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/omap-usb.txt
@@ -1,8 +1,11 @@
-OMAP GLUE
+OMAP GLUE AND OTHER OMAP SPECIFIC COMPONENTS
 
 OMAP MUSB GLUE
  - compatible : Should be "ti,omap4-musb" or "ti,omap3-musb"
  - ti,hwmods : must be "usb_otg_hs"
+ - ti,has-mailbox : to specify that omap uses an external mailbox
+   (in control module) to communicate with the musb core during device connect
+   and disconnect.
  - multipoint : Should be "1" indicating the musb controller supports
    multipoint. This is a MUSB configuration-specific setting.
  - num_eps : Specifies the number of endpoints. This is also a
@@ -16,13 +19,19 @@ OMAP MUSB GLUE
  - power : Should be "50". This signifies the controller can supply upto
    100mA when operating in host mode.
 
+Optional properties:
+ - ctrl-module : phandle of the control module this glue uses to write to
+   mailbox
+
 SOC specific device node entry
 usb_otg_hs: usb_otg_hs@4a0ab000 {
 	compatible = "ti,omap4-musb";
 	ti,hwmods = "usb_otg_hs";
+	ti,has-mailbox;
 	multipoint = <1>;
 	num_eps = <16>;
 	ram_bits = <12>;
+	ctrl-module = <&omap_control_usb>;
 };
 
 Board specific device node entry
@@ -31,3 +40,26 @@ Board specific device node entry
 	mode = <3>;
 	power = <50>;
 };
+
+OMAP CONTROL USB
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: Should be "ti,omap-control-usb"
+ - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device. It contains
+   the address of "control_dev_conf" and "otghs_control" or "phy_power_usb"
+   depending upon omap4 or omap5.
+ - reg-names: The names of the register addresses corresponding to the registers
+   filled in "reg".
+ - ti,type: This is used to differentiate whether the control module has
+   usb mailbox or usb3 phy power. omap4 has usb mailbox in control module to
+   notify events to the musb core and omap5 has usb3 phy power register to
+   power on usb3 phy. Should be "1" if it has mailbox and "2" if it has usb3
+   phy power.
+
+omap_control_usb: omap-control-usb@4a002300 {
+	compatible = "ti,omap-control-usb";
+	reg = <0x4a002300 0x4>,
+	      <0x4a00233c 0x4>;
+	reg-names = "control_dev_conf", "otghs_control";
+	ti,type = <1>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/samsung-usbphy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/samsung-usbphy.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..033194934f64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/samsung-usbphy.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+* Samsung's usb phy transceiver
+
+The Samsung's phy transceiver is used for controlling usb phy for
+s3c-hsotg as well as ehci-s5p and ohci-exynos usb controllers
+across Samsung SOCs.
+TODO: Adding the PHY binding with controller(s) according to the under
+developement generic PHY driver.
+
+Required properties:
+
+Exynos4210:
+- compatible : should be "samsung,exynos4210-usbphy"
+- reg : base physical address of the phy registers and length of memory mapped
+	region.
+
+Exynos5250:
+- compatible : should be "samsung,exynos5250-usbphy"
+- reg : base physical address of the phy registers and length of memory mapped
+	region.
+
+Optional properties:
+- #address-cells: should be '1' when usbphy node has a child node with 'reg'
+		  property.
+- #size-cells: should be '1' when usbphy node has a child node with 'reg'
+	       property.
+- ranges: allows valid translation between child's address space and parent's
+	  address space.
+
+- The child node 'usbphy-sys' to the node 'usbphy' is for the system controller
+  interface for usb-phy. It should provide the following information required by
+  usb-phy controller to control phy.
+  - reg : base physical address of PHY_CONTROL registers.
+	  The size of this register is the total sum of size of all PHY_CONTROL
+	  registers that the SoC has. For example, the size will be
+	  '0x4' in case we have only one PHY_CONTROL register (e.g.
+	  OTHERS register in S3C64XX or USB_PHY_CONTROL register in S5PV210)
+	  and, '0x8' in case we have two PHY_CONTROL registers (e.g.
+	  USBDEVICE_PHY_CONTROL and USBHOST_PHY_CONTROL registers in exynos4x).
+	  and so on.
+
+Example:
+ - Exynos4210
+
+	usbphy@125B0000 {
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-usbphy";
+		reg = <0x125B0000 0x100>;
+		ranges;
+
+		usbphy-sys {
+			/* USB device and host PHY_CONTROL registers */
+			reg = <0x10020704 0x8>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-phy.txt
index 80d4148cb661..61496f5cb095 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-phy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-phy.txt
@@ -4,14 +4,39 @@ OMAP USB2 PHY
 
 Required properties:
  - compatible: Should be "ti,omap-usb2"
- - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device. Also
-add the address of control module dev conf register until a driver for
-control module is added
+ - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device.
+
+Optional properties:
+ - ctrl-module : phandle of the control module used by PHY driver to power on
+   the PHY.
 
 This is usually a subnode of ocp2scp to which it is connected.
 
 usb2phy@4a0ad080 {
 	compatible = "ti,omap-usb2";
-	reg = <0x4a0ad080 0x58>,
-	      <0x4a002300 0x4>;
+	reg = <0x4a0ad080 0x58>;
+	ctrl-module = <&omap_control_usb>;
+};
+
+OMAP USB3 PHY
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: Should be "ti,omap-usb3"
+ - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device.
+ - reg-names: The names of the register addresses corresponding to the registers
+   filled in "reg".
+
+Optional properties:
+ - ctrl-module : phandle of the control module used by PHY driver to power on
+   the PHY.
+
+This is usually a subnode of ocp2scp to which it is connected.
+
+usb3phy@4a084400 {
+	compatible = "ti,omap-usb3";
+	reg = <0x4a084400 0x80>,
+	      <0x4a084800 0x64>,
+	      <0x4a084c00 0x40>;
+	reg-names = "phy_rx", "phy_tx", "pll_ctrl";
+	ctrl-module = <&omap_control_usb>;
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb3503.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb3503.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6813a715fc7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb3503.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+SMSC USB3503 High-Speed Hub Controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "smsc,usb3503".
+- reg: Specifies the i2c slave address, it should be 0x08.
+- connect-gpios: Should specify GPIO for connect.
+- intn-gpios: Should specify GPIO for interrupt.
+- reset-gpios: Should specify GPIO for reset.
+- initial-mode: Should specify initial mode.
+                (1 for HUB mode, 2 for STANDBY mode)
+
+Examples:
+	usb3503@08 {
+		compatible = "smsc,usb3503";
+		reg = <0x08>;
+		connect-gpios = <&gpx3 0 1>;
+		intn-gpios = <&gpx3 4 1>;
+		reset-gpios = <&gpx3 5 1>;
+		initial-mode = <1>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
index 902b1b1f568e..19e1ef73ab0d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
@@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ bosch	Bosch Sensortec GmbH
 brcm	Broadcom Corporation
 cavium	Cavium, Inc.
 chrp	Common Hardware Reference Platform
+cirrus	Cirrus Logic, Inc.
 cortina	Cortina Systems, Inc.
 dallas	Maxim Integrated Products (formerly Dallas Semiconductor)
 denx	Denx Software Engineering
@@ -42,6 +43,7 @@ powervr	PowerVR (deprecated, use img)
 qcom	Qualcomm, Inc.
 ramtron	Ramtron International
 realtek Realtek Semiconductor Corp.
+renesas	Renesas Electronics Corporation
 samsung	Samsung Semiconductor
 sbs	Smart Battery System
 schindler	Schindler
@@ -50,8 +52,10 @@ simtek
 sirf	SiRF Technology, Inc.
 snps 	Synopsys, Inc.
 st	STMicroelectronics
+ste	ST-Ericsson
 stericsson	ST-Ericsson
 ti	Texas Instruments
+toshiba	Toshiba Corporation
 via	VIA Technologies, Inc.
 wlf	Wolfson Microelectronics
 wm	Wondermedia Technologies, Inc.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/samsung-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/samsung-wdt.txt
index 79ead8263ae4..ce0d8e78ed8f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/samsung-wdt.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/samsung-wdt.txt
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 
 The Samsung's Watchdog controller is used for resuming system operation
 after a preset amount of time during which the WDT reset event has not
-occured.
+occurred.
 
 Required properties:
 - compatible : should be "samsung,s3c2410-wdt"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt
index d4d66757354e..b2fb2f5e1922 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt
@@ -1228,7 +1228,7 @@ hierarchy and routing of interrupts in the hardware.
 The interrupt tree model is fully described in the
 document "Open Firmware Recommended Practice: Interrupt
 Mapping Version 0.9".  The document is available at:
-<http://playground.sun.com/1275/practice>.
+<http://www.openfirmware.org/ofwg/practice/>
 
 1) interrupts property
 ----------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt b/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt
index 43cff70465ab..b4671459857f 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt
+++ b/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt
@@ -266,7 +266,8 @@ IOMAP
   devm_ioremap()
   devm_ioremap_nocache()
   devm_iounmap()
-  devm_request_and_ioremap() : checks resource, requests region, ioremaps
+  devm_ioremap_resource() : checks resource, requests memory region, ioremaps
+  devm_request_and_ioremap() : obsoleted by devm_ioremap_resource()
   pcim_iomap()
   pcim_iounmap()
   pcim_iomap_table()	: array of mapped addresses indexed by BAR
@@ -288,3 +289,7 @@ PINCTRL
 PWM
   devm_pwm_get()
   devm_pwm_put()
+
+PHY
+  devm_usb_get_phy()
+  devm_usb_put_phy()
diff --git a/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt b/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt
index 6e1684981da2..72322c6d7352 100644
--- a/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt
+++ b/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt
@@ -6,8 +6,16 @@ This document describes how to use the dynamic debug (dyndbg) feature.
 
 Dynamic debug is designed to allow you to dynamically enable/disable
 kernel code to obtain additional kernel information.  Currently, if
-CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DEBUG is set, then all pr_debug()/dev_dbg() calls can
-be dynamically enabled per-callsite.
+CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DEBUG is set, then all pr_debug()/dev_dbg() and
+print_hex_dump_debug()/print_hex_dump_bytes() calls can be dynamically
+enabled per-callsite.
+
+If CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DEBUG is not set, print_hex_dump_debug() is just
+shortcut for print_hex_dump(KERN_DEBUG).
+
+For print_hex_dump_debug()/print_hex_dump_bytes(), format string is
+its 'prefix_str' argument, if it is constant string; or "hexdump"
+in case 'prefix_str' is build dynamically.
 
 Dynamic debug has even more useful features:
 
@@ -202,6 +210,9 @@ The flags are:
   t    Include thread ID in messages not generated from interrupt context
   _    No flags are set. (Or'd with others on input)
 
+For print_hex_dump_debug() and print_hex_dump_bytes(), only 'p' flag
+have meaning, other flags ignored.
+
 For display, the flags are preceded by '='
 (mnemonic: what the flags are currently equal to).
 
diff --git a/Documentation/hid/hid-sensor.txt b/Documentation/hid/hid-sensor.txt
index 948b0989c433..948b0989c433 100755..100644
--- a/Documentation/hid/hid-sensor.txt
+++ b/Documentation/hid/hid-sensor.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/coretemp b/Documentation/hwmon/coretemp
index 3374c085678d..fec5a9bf755f 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/coretemp
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/coretemp
@@ -66,6 +66,7 @@ Process		Processor					TjMax(C)
 		i5 3470T					91
 
 32nm		Core i3/i5/i7 Processors
+		i7 2600						98
 		i7 660UM/640/620, 640LM/620, 620M, 610E		105
 		i5 540UM/520/430, 540M/520/450/430		105
 		i3 330E, 370M/350/330				90 rPGA, 105 BGA
@@ -79,7 +80,10 @@ Process		Processor					TjMax(C)
 		P4505/P4500 					90
 
 32nm		Atom Processors
+		S1260/1220					95
+		S1240						102
 		Z2460						90
+		Z2760						90
 		D2700/2550/2500					100
 		N2850/2800/2650/2600				100
 
@@ -98,6 +102,7 @@ Process		Processor					TjMax(C)
 
 45nm		Atom Processors
 		D525/510/425/410				100
+		K525/510/425/410				100
 		Z670/650					90
 		Z560/550/540/530P/530/520PT/520/515/510PT/510P	90
 		Z510/500					90
@@ -107,7 +112,11 @@ Process		Processor					TjMax(C)
 		330/230						125
 		E680/660/640/620				90
 		E680T/660T/640T/620T				110
+		E665C/645C					90
+		E665CT/645CT					110
 		CE4170/4150/4110				110
+		CE4200 series					unknown
+		CE5300 series					unknown
 
 45nm		Core2 Processors
 		Solo ULV SU3500/3300				100
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ina209 b/Documentation/hwmon/ina209
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..672501de4509
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ina209
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+Kernel driver ina209
+=====================
+
+Supported chips:
+  * Burr-Brown / Texas Instruments INA209
+    Prefix: 'ina209'
+    Addresses scanned: -
+    Datasheet:
+        http://www.ti.com/lit/gpn/ina209
+
+Author: Paul Hays <Paul.Hays@cattail.ca>
+Author: Ira W. Snyder <iws@ovro.caltech.edu>
+Author: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
+
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+The TI / Burr-Brown INA209 monitors voltage, current, and power on the high side
+of a D.C. power supply. It can perform measurements and calculations in the
+background to supply readings at any time. It includes a programmable
+calibration multiplier to scale the displayed current and power values.
+
+
+Sysfs entries
+-------------
+
+The INA209 chip is highly configurable both via hardwiring and via
+the I2C bus. See the datasheet for details.
+
+This tries to expose most monitoring features of the hardware via
+sysfs. It does not support every feature of this chip.
+
+
+in0_input		shunt voltage (mV)
+in0_input_highest	shunt voltage historical maximum reading (mV)
+in0_input_lowest	shunt voltage historical minimum reading (mV)
+in0_reset_history	reset shunt voltage history
+in0_max			shunt voltage max alarm limit (mV)
+in0_min			shunt voltage min alarm limit (mV)
+in0_crit_max		shunt voltage crit max alarm limit (mV)
+in0_crit_min		shunt voltage crit min alarm limit (mV)
+in0_max_alarm		shunt voltage max alarm limit exceeded
+in0_min_alarm		shunt voltage min alarm limit exceeded
+in0_crit_max_alarm	shunt voltage crit max alarm limit exceeded
+in0_crit_min_alarm	shunt voltage crit min alarm limit exceeded
+
+in1_input		bus voltage (mV)
+in1_input_highest	bus voltage historical maximum reading (mV)
+in1_input_lowest	bus voltage historical minimum reading (mV)
+in1_reset_history	reset bus voltage history
+in1_max			bus voltage max alarm limit (mV)
+in1_min			bus voltage min alarm limit (mV)
+in1_crit_max		bus voltage crit max alarm limit (mV)
+in1_crit_min		bus voltage crit min alarm limit (mV)
+in1_max_alarm		bus voltage max alarm limit exceeded
+in1_min_alarm		bus voltage min alarm limit exceeded
+in1_crit_max_alarm	bus voltage crit max alarm limit exceeded
+in1_crit_min_alarm	bus voltage crit min alarm limit exceeded
+
+power1_input		power measurement (uW)
+power1_input_highest	power historical maximum reading (uW)
+power1_reset_history	reset power history
+power1_max		power max alarm limit (uW)
+power1_crit		power crit alarm limit (uW)
+power1_max_alarm	power max alarm limit exceeded
+power1_crit_alarm	power crit alarm limit exceeded
+
+curr1_input		current measurement (mA)
+
+update_interval		data conversion time; affects number of samples used
+			to average results for shunt and bus voltages.
+
+General Remarks
+---------------
+
+The power and current registers in this chip require that the calibration
+register is programmed correctly before they are used. Normally this is expected
+to be done in the BIOS. In the absence of BIOS programming, the shunt resistor
+voltage can be provided using platform data. The driver uses platform data from
+the ina2xx driver for this purpose. If calibration register data is not provided
+via platform data, the driver checks if the calibration register has been
+programmed (ie has a value not equal to zero). If so, this value is retained.
+Otherwise, a default value reflecting a shunt resistor value of 10 mOhm is
+programmed into the calibration register.
+
+
+Output Pins
+-----------
+
+Output pin programming is a board feature which depends on the BIOS. It is
+outside the scope of a hardware monitoring driver to enable or disable output
+pins.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/it87 b/Documentation/hwmon/it87
index 8386aadc0a82..c263740f0cba 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/it87
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/it87
@@ -30,6 +30,14 @@ Supported chips:
     Prefix: 'it8728'
     Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports)
     Datasheet: Not publicly available
+  * IT8771E
+    Prefix: 'it8771'
+    Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports)
+    Datasheet: Not publicly available
+  * IT8772E
+    Prefix: 'it8772'
+    Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports)
+    Datasheet: Not publicly available
   * IT8782F
     Prefix: 'it8782'
     Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports)
@@ -83,8 +91,8 @@ Description
 -----------
 
 This driver implements support for the IT8705F, IT8712F, IT8716F,
-IT8718F, IT8720F, IT8721F, IT8726F, IT8728F, IT8758E, IT8781F, IT8782F,
-IT8783E/F, and SiS950 chips.
+IT8718F, IT8720F, IT8721F, IT8726F, IT8728F, IT8758E, IT8771E, IT8772E,
+IT8782F, IT8783E/F, and SiS950 chips.
 
 These chips are 'Super I/O chips', supporting floppy disks, infrared ports,
 joysticks and other miscellaneous stuff. For hardware monitoring, they
@@ -118,8 +126,8 @@ The IT8726F is just bit enhanced IT8716F with additional hardware
 for AMD power sequencing. Therefore the chip will appear as IT8716F
 to userspace applications.
 
-The IT8728F is considered compatible with the IT8721F, until a datasheet
-becomes available (hopefully.)
+The IT8728F, IT8771E, and IT8772E are considered compatible with the IT8721F,
+until a datasheet becomes available (hopefully.)
 
 Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius. An alarm is triggered once
 when the Overtemperature Shutdown limit is crossed.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/jc42 b/Documentation/hwmon/jc42
index 66ecb9fc8246..165077121238 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/jc42
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/jc42
@@ -17,12 +17,13 @@ Supported chips:
   * Maxim MAX6604
     Datasheets:
 	http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX6604.pdf
-  * Microchip MCP9804, MCP9805, MCP98242, MCP98243, MCP9843
+  * Microchip MCP9804, MCP9805, MCP98242, MCP98243, MCP98244, MCP9843
     Datasheets:
 	http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/22203C.pdf
 	http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/21977b.pdf
 	http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/21996a.pdf
 	http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/22153c.pdf
+	http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/22327A.pdf
   * NXP Semiconductors SE97, SE97B, SE98, SE98A
     Datasheets:
 	http://www.nxp.com/documents/data_sheet/SE97.pdf
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lm73 b/Documentation/hwmon/lm73
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8af059dcb642
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lm73
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+Kernel driver lm73
+==================
+
+Supported chips:
+  * Texas Instruments LM73
+    Prefix: 'lm73'
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x48, 0x49, 0x4a, 0x4c, 0x4d, and 0x4e
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Texas Instruments website
+               http://www.ti.com/product/lm73
+
+Author: Guillaume Ligneul <guillaume.ligneul@gmail.com>
+Documentation: Chris Verges <kg4ysn@gmail.com>
+
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+The LM73 is a digital temperature sensor.  All temperature values are
+given in degrees Celsius.
+
+Measurement Resolution Support
+------------------------------
+
+The LM73 supports four resolutions, defined in terms of degrees C per
+LSB: 0.25, 0.125, 0.0625, and 0.3125.  Changing the resolution mode
+affects the conversion time of the LM73's analog-to-digital converter.
+From userspace, the desired resolution can be specified as a function of
+conversion time via the 'update_interval' sysfs attribute for the
+device.  This attribute will normalize ranges of input values to the
+maximum times defined for the resolution in the datasheet.
+
+    Resolution    Conv. Time    Input Range
+    (C/LSB)       (msec)        (msec)
+    --------------------------------------
+    0.25          14             0..14
+    0.125         28            15..28
+    0.0625        56            29..56
+    0.03125       112           57..infinity
+    --------------------------------------
+
+The following examples show how the 'update_interval' attribute can be
+used to change the conversion time:
+
+    $ echo 0 > update_interval
+    $ cat update_interval
+    14
+    $ cat temp1_input
+    24250
+
+    $ echo 22 > update_interval
+    $ cat update_interval
+    28
+    $ cat temp1_input
+    24125
+
+    $ echo 56 > update_interval
+    $ cat update_interval
+    56
+    $ cat temp1_input
+    24062
+
+    $ echo 85 > update_interval
+    $ cat update_interval
+    112
+    $ cat temp1_input
+    24031
+
+As shown here, the lm73 driver automatically adjusts any user input for
+'update_interval' via a step function.  Reading back the
+'update_interval' value after a write operation will confirm the
+conversion time actively in use.
+
+Mathematically, the resolution can be derived from the conversion time
+via the following function:
+
+   g(x) = 0.250 * [log(x/14) / log(2)]
+
+where 'x' is the output from 'update_interval' and 'g(x)' is the
+resolution in degrees C per LSB.
+
+Alarm Support
+-------------
+
+The LM73 features a simple over-temperature alarm mechanism.  This
+feature is exposed via the sysfs attributes.
+
+The attributes 'temp1_max_alarm' and 'temp1_min_alarm' are flags
+provided by the LM73 that indicate whether the measured temperature has
+passed the 'temp1_max' and 'temp1_min' thresholds, respectively.  These
+values _must_ be read to clear the registers on the LM73.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/max34440 b/Documentation/hwmon/max34440
index 04482226db20..47651ff341ae 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/max34440
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/max34440
@@ -16,6 +16,16 @@ Supported chips:
     Prefixes: 'max34446'
     Addresses scanned: -
     Datasheet: http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX34446.pdf
+  * Maxim MAX34460
+    PMBus 12-Channel Voltage Monitor & Sequencer
+    Prefix: 'max34460'
+    Addresses scanned: -
+    Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX34460.pdf
+  * Maxim MAX34461
+    PMBus 16-Channel Voltage Monitor & Sequencer
+    Prefix: 'max34461'
+    Addresses scanned: -
+    Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX34461.pdf
 
 Author: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com>
 
@@ -26,6 +36,9 @@ Description
 This driver supports hardware montoring for Maxim MAX34440 PMBus 6-Channel
 Power-Supply Manager, MAX34441 PMBus 5-Channel Power-Supply Manager
 and Intelligent Fan Controller, and MAX34446 PMBus Power-Supply Data Logger.
+It also supports the MAX34460 and MAX34461 PMBus Voltage Monitor & Sequencers.
+The MAX34460 supports 12 voltage channels, and the MAX34461 supports 16 voltage
+channels.
 
 The driver is a client driver to the core PMBus driver. Please see
 Documentation/hwmon/pmbus for details on PMBus client drivers.
@@ -109,3 +122,6 @@ temp[1-8]_reset_history	Write any value to reset history.
 
 			temp7 and temp8 attributes only exist for MAX34440.
 			MAX34446 only supports temp[1-3].
+
+MAX34460 supports attribute groups in[1-12] and temp[1-5].
+MAX34461 supports attribute groups in[1-16] and temp[1-5].
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/max6697 b/Documentation/hwmon/max6697
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6594177ededa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/max6697
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+Kernel driver max6697
+=====================
+
+Supported chips:
+  * Maxim MAX6581
+    Prefix: 'max6581'
+    Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX6581.pdf
+  * Maxim MAX6602
+    Prefix: 'max6602'
+    Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX6602.pdf
+  * Maxim MAX6622
+    Prefix: 'max6622'
+    Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX6622.pdf
+  * Maxim MAX6636
+    Prefix: 'max6636'
+    Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX6636.pdf
+  * Maxim MAX6689
+    Prefix: 'max6689'
+    Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX6689.pdf
+  * Maxim MAX6693
+    Prefix: 'max6693'
+    Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX6693.pdf
+  * Maxim MAX6694
+    Prefix: 'max6694'
+    Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX6694.pdf
+  * Maxim MAX6697
+    Prefix: 'max6697'
+    Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX6697.pdf
+  * Maxim MAX6698
+    Prefix: 'max6698'
+    Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX6698.pdf
+  * Maxim MAX6699
+    Prefix: 'max6699'
+    Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX6699.pdf
+
+Author:
+    Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+This driver implements support for several MAX6697 compatible temperature sensor
+chips. The chips support one local temperature sensor plus four, six, or seven
+remote temperature sensors. Remote temperature sensors are diode-connected
+thermal transitors, except for MAX6698 which supports three diode-connected
+thermal transistors plus three thermistors in addition to the local temperature
+sensor.
+
+The driver provides the following sysfs attributes. temp1 is the local (chip)
+temperature, temp[2..n] are remote temperatures. The actually supported
+per-channel attributes are chip type and channel dependent.
+
+tempX_input      RO temperature
+tempX_max        RW temperature maximum threshold
+tempX_max_alarm  RO temperature maximum threshold alarm
+tempX_crit       RW temperature critical threshold
+tempX_crit_alarm RO temperature critical threshold alarm
+tempX_fault      RO temperature diode fault (remote sensors only)
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface b/Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface
index 1f4dd855a299..79f8257dd790 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface
@@ -722,14 +722,14 @@ add/subtract if it has been divided before the add/subtract.
 What to do if a value is found to be invalid, depends on the type of the
 sysfs attribute that is being set. If it is a continuous setting like a
 tempX_max or inX_max attribute, then the value should be clamped to its
-limits using SENSORS_LIMIT(value, min_limit, max_limit). If it is not
-continuous like for example a tempX_type, then when an invalid value is
-written, -EINVAL should be returned.
+limits using clamp_val(value, min_limit, max_limit). If it is not continuous
+like for example a tempX_type, then when an invalid value is written,
+-EINVAL should be returned.
 
 Example1, temp1_max, register is a signed 8 bit value (-128 - 127 degrees):
 
 	long v = simple_strtol(buf, NULL, 10) / 1000;
-	v = SENSORS_LIMIT(v, -128, 127);
+	v = clamp_val(v, -128, 127);
 	/* write v to register */
 
 Example2, fan divider setting, valid values 2, 4 and 8:
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/zl6100 b/Documentation/hwmon/zl6100
index a995b41724fd..3d924b6b59e9 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/zl6100
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/zl6100
@@ -121,12 +121,26 @@ in1_max_alarm		Input voltage high alarm.
 in1_lcrit_alarm		Input voltage critical low alarm.
 in1_crit_alarm		Input voltage critical high alarm.
 
-in2_label		"vout1"
-in2_input		Measured output voltage.
-in2_lcrit		Critical minimum output Voltage.
-in2_crit		Critical maximum output voltage.
-in2_lcrit_alarm		Critical output voltage critical low alarm.
-in2_crit_alarm		Critical output voltage critical high alarm.
+in2_label		"vmon"
+in2_input		Measured voltage on VMON (ZL2004) or VDRV (ZL9101M,
+			ZL9117M) pin. Reported voltage is 16x the voltage on the
+			pin (adjusted internally by the chip).
+in2_lcrit		Critical minumum VMON/VDRV Voltage.
+in2_crit		Critical maximum VMON/VDRV voltage.
+in2_lcrit_alarm		VMON/VDRV voltage critical low alarm.
+in2_crit_alarm		VMON/VDRV voltage critical high alarm.
+
+			vmon attributes are supported on ZL2004, ZL9101M,
+			and ZL9117M only.
+
+inX_label		"vout1"
+inX_input		Measured output voltage.
+inX_lcrit		Critical minimum output Voltage.
+inX_crit		Critical maximum output voltage.
+inX_lcrit_alarm		Critical output voltage critical low alarm.
+inX_crit_alarm		Critical output voltage critical high alarm.
+
+			X is 3 for ZL2004, ZL9101M, and ZL9117M, 2 otherwise.
 
 curr1_label		"iout1"
 curr1_input		Measured output current.
diff --git a/Documentation/intel_txt.txt b/Documentation/intel_txt.txt
index 849de1a78e77..91d89c540709 100644
--- a/Documentation/intel_txt.txt
+++ b/Documentation/intel_txt.txt
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ grub.conf needs to be modified as follows:
 
 The kernel option for enabling Intel TXT support is found under the
 Security top-level menu and is called "Enable Intel(R) Trusted
-Execution Technology (TXT)".  It is marked as EXPERIMENTAL and
+Execution Technology (TXT)".  It is considered EXPERIMENTAL and
 depends on the generic x86 support (to allow maximum flexibility in
 kernel build options), since the tboot code will detect whether the
 platform actually supports Intel TXT and thus whether any of the
diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
index 2152b0e7237d..3210540f8bd3 100644
--- a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
+++ b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ Code  Seq#(hex)	Include File		Comments
 'V'	C0	media/davinci/vpfe_capture.h	conflict!
 'V'	C0	media/si4713.h		conflict!
 'W'	00-1F	linux/watchdog.h	conflict!
-'W'	00-1F	linux/wanrouter.h	conflict!
+'W'	00-1F	linux/wanrouter.h	conflict!		(pre 3.9)
 'W'	00-3F	sound/asound.h		conflict!
 'X'	all	fs/xfs/xfs_fs.h		conflict!
 		and fs/xfs/linux-2.6/xfs_ioctl32.h
diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt
index 14c3f4f1b617..5198b742fde1 100644
--- a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt
@@ -1186,6 +1186,29 @@ When kbuild executes, the following steps are followed (roughly):
 		clean-files += *.dtb
 		DTC_FLAGS ?= -p 1024
 
+    dtc_cpp
+	This is just like dtc as describe above, except that the C pre-
+	processor is invoked upon the .dtsp file before compiling the result
+	with dtc.
+
+	In order for build dependencies to work, all files compiled using
+	dtc_cpp must use the C pre-processor's #include functionality and not
+	dtc's /include/ functionality.
+
+	Using the C pre-processor allows use of #define to create named
+	constants. In turn, the #defines will typically appear in a header
+	file, which may be shared with regular C code. Since the dtc language
+	represents a data structure rather than code in C syntax, similar
+	restrictions are placed on a header file included by a device tree
+	file as for a header file included by an assembly language file.
+	In particular, the C pre-processor is passed -x assembler-with-cpp,
+	which sets macro __ASSEMBLY__. __DTS__ is also set. These allow header
+	files to restrict their content to that compatible with device tree
+	source.
+
+	A central rule exists to create $(obj)/%.dtb from $(src)/%.dtsp;
+	architecture Makefiles do no need to explicitly write out that rule.
+
 --- 6.8 Custom kbuild commands
 
 	When kbuild is executing with KBUILD_VERBOSE=0, then only a shorthand
diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
index 363e348bff9b..4c5b3f993bbb 100644
--- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
@@ -1039,16 +1039,11 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
 			Claim all unknown PCI IDE storage controllers.
 
 	idle=		[X86]
-			Format: idle=poll, idle=mwait, idle=halt, idle=nomwait
+			Format: idle=poll, idle=halt, idle=nomwait
 			Poll forces a polling idle loop that can slightly
 			improve the performance of waking up a idle CPU, but
 			will use a lot of power and make the system run hot.
 			Not recommended.
-			idle=mwait: On systems which support MONITOR/MWAIT but
-			the kernel chose to not use it because it doesn't save
-			as much power as a normal idle loop, use the
-			MONITOR/MWAIT idle loop anyways. Performance should be
-			the same as idle=poll.
 			idle=halt: Halt is forced to be used for CPU idle.
 			In such case C2/C3 won't be used again.
 			idle=nomwait: Disable mwait for CPU C-states
@@ -1131,6 +1126,11 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
 			0	disables intel_idle and fall back on acpi_idle.
 			1 to 6	specify maximum depth of C-state.
 
+	intel_pstate=  [X86]
+		       disable
+		         Do not enable intel_pstate as the default
+		         scaling driver for the supported processors
+
 	intremap=	[X86-64, Intel-IOMMU]
 			on	enable Interrupt Remapping (default)
 			off	disable Interrupt Remapping
@@ -1886,10 +1886,6 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
 			wfi(ARM) instruction doesn't work correctly and not to
 			use it. This is also useful when using JTAG debugger.
 
-	no-hlt		[BUGS=X86-32] Tells the kernel that the hlt
-			instruction doesn't work correctly and not to
-			use it.
-
 	no_file_caps	Tells the kernel not to honor file capabilities.  The
 			only way then for a file to be executed with privilege
 			is to be setuid root or executed by root.
@@ -2438,7 +2434,7 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
 			real-time workloads.  It can also improve energy
 			efficiency for asymmetric multiprocessors.
 
-	rcu_nocbs_poll	[KNL,BOOT]
+	rcu_nocb_poll	[KNL,BOOT]
 			Rather than requiring that offloaded CPUs
 			(specified by rcu_nocbs= above) explicitly
 			awaken the corresponding "rcuoN" kthreads,
diff --git a/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt b/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt
index 9d666828915a..cf7bc6cb9719 100644
--- a/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt
@@ -1398,7 +1398,7 @@ Sysfs notes:
 EXPERIMENTAL: UWB
 -----------------
 
-This feature is marked EXPERIMENTAL because it has not been extensively
+This feature is considered EXPERIMENTAL because it has not been extensively
 tested and validated in various ThinkPad models yet.  The feature may not
 work as expected. USE WITH CAUTION! To use this feature, you need to supply
 the experimental=1 parameter when loading the module.
diff --git a/Documentation/magic-number.txt b/Documentation/magic-number.txt
index 82761a31d64d..76d80a64bbe1 100644
--- a/Documentation/magic-number.txt
+++ b/Documentation/magic-number.txt
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ SLAB_C_MAGIC          0x4f17a36d  kmem_cache        mm/slab.c
 COW_MAGIC             0x4f4f4f4d  cow_header_v1     arch/um/drivers/ubd_user.c
 I810_CARD_MAGIC       0x5072696E  i810_card         sound/oss/i810_audio.c
 TRIDENT_CARD_MAGIC    0x5072696E  trident_card      sound/oss/trident.c
-ROUTER_MAGIC          0x524d4157  wan_device        include/linux/wanrouter.h
+ROUTER_MAGIC          0x524d4157  wan_device        [in wanrouter.h pre 3.9]
 SCC_MAGIC             0x52696368  gs_port           drivers/char/scc.h
 SAVEKMSG_MAGIC1       0x53415645  savekmsg          arch/*/amiga/config.c
 GDA_MAGIC             0x58464552  gda               arch/mips/include/asm/sn/gda.h
diff --git a/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt b/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt
index 3c4e1b3b80a1..fa5d8a9ae205 100644
--- a/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt
+++ b/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt
@@ -1685,6 +1685,7 @@ explicit lock operations, described later).  These include:
 
 	xchg();
 	cmpxchg();
+	atomic_xchg();
 	atomic_cmpxchg();
 	atomic_inc_return();
 	atomic_dec_return();
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/00-INDEX b/Documentation/networking/00-INDEX
index 2cc3c7733a2f..258d9b92c36f 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/networking/00-INDEX
@@ -52,8 +52,6 @@ de4x5.txt
 	- the Digital EtherWORKS DE4?? and DE5?? PCI Ethernet driver
 decnet.txt
 	- info on using the DECnet networking layer in Linux.
-depca.txt
-	- the Digital DEPCA/EtherWORKS DE1?? and DE2?? LANCE Ethernet driver
 dl2k.txt
 	- README for D-Link DL2000-based Gigabit Ethernet Adapters (dl2k.ko).
 dm9000.txt
@@ -72,8 +70,6 @@ e1000e.txt
 	- README for the Intel Gigabit Ethernet Driver (e1000e).
 eql.txt
 	- serial IP load balancing
-ewrk3.txt
-	- the Digital EtherWORKS 3 DE203/4/5 Ethernet driver
 fib_trie.txt
 	- Level Compressed Trie (LC-trie) notes: a structure for routing.
 filter.txt
@@ -126,8 +122,6 @@ ltpc.txt
 	- the Apple or Farallon LocalTalk PC card driver
 mac80211-injection.txt
 	- HOWTO use packet injection with mac80211
-multicast.txt
-	- Behaviour of cards under Multicast
 multiqueue.txt
 	- HOWTO for multiqueue network device support.
 netconsole.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/DLINK.txt b/Documentation/networking/DLINK.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 55d24433d151..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/networking/DLINK.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,203 +0,0 @@
-Released 1994-06-13
-
-
-	CONTENTS:
-
-	1. Introduction.
-	2. License.
-	3. Files in this release.
-	4. Installation.
-	5. Problems and tuning.
-	6. Using the drivers with earlier releases.
-	7. Acknowledgments.
-
-
-	1. INTRODUCTION.
-
-	This is a set of Ethernet drivers for the D-Link DE-600/DE-620
-	pocket adapters, for the parallel port on a Linux based machine.
-	Some adapter "clones" will also work.  Xircom is _not_ a clone...
-	These drivers _can_ be used as loadable modules,
-	and were developed for use on Linux 1.1.13 and above.
-	For use on Linux 1.0.X, or earlier releases, see below.
-
-	I have used these drivers for NFS, ftp, telnet and X-clients on
-	remote machines. Transmissions with ftp seems to work as
-	good as can be expected (i.e. > 80k bytes/sec) from a
-	parallel port...:-)  Receive speeds will be about 60-80% of this.
-	Depending on your machine, somewhat higher speeds can be achieved.
-
-	All comments/fixes to Bjorn Ekwall (bj0rn@blox.se).
-
-
-	2. LICENSE.
-
-	This program is free software; you can redistribute it
-	and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
-	License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-	version 2, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
-	useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
-	warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-	PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
-	details.
-
-	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
-	License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
-	Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA
-	02139, USA.
-
-
-	3. FILES IN THIS RELEASE.
-
-	README.DLINK  This file.
-	de600.c       The Source (may it be with You :-) for the DE-600
-	de620.c       ditto for the DE-620
-	de620.h       Macros for de620.c
-
-	If you are upgrading from the d-link tar release, there will
-	also be a "dlink-patches" file that will patch Linux 1.1.18:
-		linux/drivers/net/Makefile
-		linux/drivers/net/CONFIG
-		linux/drivers/net/MODULES
-		linux/drivers/net/Space.c
-		linux/config.in
-	Apply the patch by:
-	"cd /usr/src; patch -p0 < linux/drivers/net/dlink-patches"
-	The old source, "linux/drivers/net/d_link.c", can be removed.
-
-
-	4. INSTALLATION.
-
-	o Get the latest net binaries, according to current net.wisdom.
-
-	o Read the NET-2 and Ethernet HOWTOs and modify your setup.
-
-	o If your parallel port has a strange address or irq,
-	  modify "linux/drivers/net/CONFIG" accordingly, or adjust
-	  the parameters in the "tuning" section in the sources.
-
-	If you are going to use the drivers as loadable modules, do _not_
-	enable them while doing "make config", but instead make sure that
-	the drivers are included in "linux/drivers/net/MODULES".
-
-	If you are _not_ going to use the driver(s) as loadable modules,
-	but instead have them included in the kernel, remember to enable
-	the drivers while doing "make config".
-
-	o To include networking and DE600/DE620 support in your kernel:
-	  # cd /linux
-	  (as modules:)
-	  #  make config (answer yes on CONFIG_NET and CONFIG_INET)
-	  (else included in the kernel:)
-	  #  make config (answer yes on CONFIG _NET, _INET and _DE600 or _DE620)
-	  # make clean
-	  # make zImage (or whatever magic you usually do)
-
-	o I use lilo to boot multiple kernels, so that I at least
-	  can have one working kernel :-). If you do too, append
-	  these lines to /etc/lilo/config:
-
-		image = /linux/zImage
-		label = newlinux
-		root = /dev/hda2 (or whatever YOU have...)
-
-	  # /etc/lilo/install
-
-	o Do "sync" and reboot the new kernel with a D-Link
-	  DE-600/DE-620 pocket adapter connected.
-
-	o The adapter can be configured with ifconfig eth?
-	  where the actual number is decided by the kernel
-	  when the drivers are initialized.
-
-
-	5. "PROBLEMS" AND TUNING,
-
-	o If you see error messages from the driver, and if the traffic
-	  stops on the adapter, try to do "ifconfig" and "route" once
-	  more, just as in "rc.inet1".  This should take care of most
-	  problems, including effects from power loss, or adapters that
-	  aren't connected to the printer port in some way or another.
-	  You can somewhat change the behaviour by enabling/disabling
-	  the macro  SHUTDOWN_WHEN_LOST  in the "tuning" section.
-	  For the DE-600 there is another macro, CHECK_LOST_DE600,
-	  that you might want to read about in the "tuning" section.
-
-	o Some machines have trouble handling the parallel port and
-	  the adapter at high speed. If you experience problems:
-
-	  DE-600:
-	  - The adapter is not recognized at boot, i.e. an Ethernet
-	    address of 00:80:c8:... is not shown, try to add another
-	      "; SLOW_DOWN_IO"
-	    at DE600_SLOW_DOWN in the "tuning" section. As a last resort,
-	    uncomment: "#define REALLY_SLOW_IO" (see <asm/io.h> for hints).
-
-	  - You experience "timeout" messages: first try to add another
-	      "; SLOW_DOWN_IO"
-	    at DE600_SLOW_DOWN in the "tuning" section, _then_ try to
-	    increase the value (original value: 5) at
-	    "if (tickssofar < 5)" near line 422.
-
-	  DE-620:
-	  - Your parallel port might be "sluggish".  To cater for
-	    this, there are the macros LOWSPEED and READ_DELAY/WRITE_DELAY
-	    in the "tuning" section. Your first step should be to enable
-	    LOWSPEED, and after that you can "tune" the XXX_DELAY values.
-
-	o If the adapter _is_ recognized at boot but you get messages
-	  about "Network Unreachable", then the problem is probably
-	  _not_ with the driver.  Check your net configuration instead
-	  (ifconfig and route) in "rc.inet1".
-
-	o There is some rudimentary support for debugging, look at
-	  the source. Use "-DDE600_DEBUG=3" or "-DDE620_DEBUG=3"
-	  when compiling, or include it in "linux/drivers/net/CONFIG".
-	  IF YOU HAVE PROBLEMS YOU CAN'T SOLVE: PLEASE COMPILE THE DRIVER
-	  WITH DEBUGGING ENABLED, AND SEND ME THE RESULTING OUTPUT!
-
-
-	6. USING THE DRIVERS WITH EARLIER RELEASES.
-
-	The later 1.1.X releases of the Linux kernel include some
-	changes in the networking layer (a.k.a. NET3). This affects
-	these drivers in a few places.  The hints that follow are
-	_not_ tested by me, since I don't have the disk space to keep
-	all releases on-line.
-	Known needed changes to date:
-	- release patchfile: some patches will fail, but they should
-	  be easy to apply "by hand", since they are trivial.
-	  (Space.c: d_link_init() is now called de600_probe())
-	- de600.c: change  "mark_bh(NET_BH)" to  "mark_bh(INET_BH)".
-	- de620.c: (maybe) change the code around "netif_rx(skb);" to be
-		   similar to the code around "dev_rint(...)" in de600.c
-
-
-	7. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.
-
-	These drivers wouldn't have been done without the base
-	(and support) from Ross Biro, and D-Link Systems Inc.
-	The driver relies upon GPL-ed source from D-Link Systems Inc.
-	and from Russel Nelson at Crynwr Software <nelson@crynwr.com>.
-
-	Additional input also from:
-	Donald Becker <becker@super.org>, Alan Cox <A.Cox@swansea.ac.uk>
-	and Fred N. van Kempen <waltje@uWalt.NL.Mugnet.ORG>
-
-	DE-600 alpha release primary victim^H^H^H^H^H^Htester:
-	- Erik Proper <erikp@cs.kun.nl>.
-	Good input also from several users, most notably
-	- Mark Burton <markb@ordern.demon.co.uk>.
-
-	DE-620 alpha release victims^H^H^H^H^H^H^Htesters:
-	- J. Joshua Kopper <kopper@rtsg.mot.com>
-	- Olav Kvittem <Olav.Kvittem@uninett.no>
-	- Germano Caronni <caronni@nessie.cs.id.ethz.ch>
-	- Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@suite.sw.oz.au>
-
-
-	Happy hacking!
-
-	Bjorn Ekwall == bj0rn@blox.se
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qlcnic b/Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qlcnic
index e7fb2c6023bc..2ae3b64983ab 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qlcnic
+++ b/Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qlcnic
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-Copyright (c) 2009-2011 QLogic Corporation
+Copyright (c) 2009-2013 QLogic Corporation
 QLogic Linux qlcnic NIC Driver
 
 You may modify and redistribute the device driver code under the
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/cs89x0.txt b/Documentation/networking/cs89x0.txt
index c725d33b316f..0e190180eec8 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/cs89x0.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/cs89x0.txt
@@ -36,7 +36,6 @@ TABLE OF CONTENTS
     4.1 Compiling the Driver as a Loadable Module
     4.2 Compiling the driver to support memory mode
     4.3 Compiling the driver to support Rx DMA 
-    4.4 Compiling the Driver into the Kernel
 
 5.0 TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING
     5.1 Known Defects and Limitations
@@ -364,84 +363,6 @@ The compile-time optionality for DMA was removed in the 2.3 kernel
 series.  DMA support is now unconditionally part of the driver.  It is
 enabled by the 'use_dma=1' module option.
 
-4.4 COMPILING THE DRIVER INTO THE KERNEL
-
-If your Linux distribution already has support for the cs89x0 driver
-then simply copy the source file to the /usr/src/linux/drivers/net
-directory to replace the original ones and run the make utility to
-rebuild the kernel.  See Step 3 for rebuilding the kernel.
-
-If your Linux does not include the cs89x0 driver, you need to edit three 
-configuration files, copy the source file to the /usr/src/linux/drivers/net
-directory, and then run the make utility to rebuild the kernel.
-
-1. Edit the following configuration files by adding the statements as
-indicated.  (When possible, try to locate the added text to the section of the
-file containing similar statements).
-
-
-a.) In /usr/src/linux/drivers/net/Config.in, add:
-
-tristate 'CS89x0 support' CONFIG_CS89x0
-
-Example:
-
-     if [ "$CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL" = "y" ]; then
-       tristate 'ICL EtherTeam 16i/32 support' CONFIG_ETH16I
-     fi
-
-     tristate 'CS89x0 support' CONFIG_CS89x0
-
-     tristate 'NE2000/NE1000 support' CONFIG_NE2000
-     if [ "$CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL" = "y" ]; then
-       tristate 'NI5210 support' CONFIG_NI52
-
-
-b.) In /usr/src/linux/drivers/net/Makefile, add the following lines: 
-
-ifeq ($(CONFIG_CS89x0),y)
-L_OBJS += cs89x0.o
-else
-  ifeq ($(CONFIG_CS89x0),m)
-  M_OBJS += cs89x0.o
-  endif
-endif
-
-
-c.) In /linux/drivers/net/Space.c file, add the line:
-
-extern int cs89x0_probe(struct device *dev);
-
-
-Example:
-
- extern int ultra_probe(struct device *dev);
- extern int wd_probe(struct device *dev);
- extern int el2_probe(struct device *dev);
-
- extern int cs89x0_probe(struct device *dev);
-
- extern int ne_probe(struct device *dev);
- extern int hp_probe(struct device *dev);
- extern int hp_plus_probe(struct device *dev);
-
-
-Also add:
-
- #ifdef CONFIG_CS89x0
- 	{ cs89x0_probe,0 },
- #endif
-
-
-2.) Copy the driver source files (cs89x0.c and cs89x0.h) 
-into the /usr/src/linux/drivers/net directory.
-
-
-3.) Go to /usr/src/linux directory and run 'make config' followed by 'make' 
-(or make bzImage) to rebuild the kernel. 
-
-4.) Use the DOS 'setup' utility to disable plug and play on the NIC.
-
 
 5.0 TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING
 ===============================================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/depca.txt b/Documentation/networking/depca.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 24c6b26e5658..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/networking/depca.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-
-DE10x
-=====
-
-Memory Addresses:
-
-	SW1	SW2	SW3	SW4
-64K	on	on	on	on	d0000	dbfff
-	off	on	on	on	c0000	cbfff
-	off	off	on	on	e0000	ebfff
-
-32K	on	on	off	on	d8000	dbfff
-	off	on	off	on	c8000	cbfff
-	off	off	off	on	e8000	ebfff
-
-DBR ROM	on	on			dc000	dffff
-	off	on			cc000	cffff
-	off	off			ec000	effff
-
-Note  that the 2K  mode   is set  by   SW3/SW4  on/off or  off/off.  Address
-assignment is through the RBSA register.
-
-I/O Address:
-	SW5
-0x300	on
-0x200	off
-
-Remote Boot:
-	SW6
-Disable	on
-Enable	off
-
-Remote Boot Timeout:
-	SW7
-2.5min	on
-30s	off
-
-IRQ:
-	SW8	SW9	SW10	SW11	SW12
-2	on	off	off	off	off
-3	off	on	off	off	off
-4	off	off	on	off	off
-5	off	off	off	on	off
-7	off	off	off	off	on
-
-DE20x
-=====
-
-Memory Size:
-
-	SW3	SW4
-64K	on	on
-32K	off	on
-2K	on 	off
-2K	off	off
-
-Start Addresses:
-
-	SW1	SW2	SW3	SW4
-64K	on	on	on	on	c0000	cffff
-	on	off	on	on	d0000	dffff
-	off	on	on	on	e0000	effff
-
-32K	on	on	off	off	c8000	cffff
-	on	off	off	off	d8000	dffff
-	off	on	off	off	e8000	effff
-
-Illegal	off	off	 -	 -	  -	  -
-
-I/O Address:
-	SW5
-0x300	on
-0x200	off
-
-Remote Boot:
-	SW6
-Disable	on
-Enable	off
-
-Remote Boot Timeout:
-	SW7
-2.5min	on
-30s	off
-
-IRQ:
-	SW8	SW9	SW10	SW11	SW12
-5	on	off	off	off	off
-9	off	on	off	off	off
-10	off	off	on	off	off
-11	off	off	off	on	off
-15	off	off	off	off	on
-
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ewrk3.txt b/Documentation/networking/ewrk3.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 90e9e5f16e6b..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/networking/ewrk3.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-The EtherWORKS 3  driver in this distribution is  designed to  work with all
-kernels   >  1.1.33   (approx)  and  includes  tools   in  the  'ewrk3tools'
-subdirectory   to  allow  set   up of   the   card,  similar  to  the  MSDOS
-'NICSETUP.EXE' tools provided on  the DOS drivers  disk (type 'make' in that
-subdirectory to make the tools).
-
-The supported  cards are DE203,  DE204 and DE205.  All   other cards are NOT
-supported - refer to 'depca.c' for running the LANCE based network cards and
-'de4x5.c'  for the  DIGITAL   Semiconductor PCI  chip  based  adapters  from
-Digital.
-
-The ability to load  this driver as a  loadable module has been included and
-used extensively  during the driver  development (to save those  long reboot
-sequences). To utilise this ability, you have to do 8 things:
-
-    0) have a copy of the loadable modules code installed on your system.
-    1) copy ewrk3.c from the  /linux/drivers/net directory to your favourite
-    temporary directory.
-    2) edit the  source code near  line 1898 to reflect  the I/O address and
-    IRQ you're using.
-    3) compile  ewrk3.c, but include -DMODULE in  the command line to ensure
-    that the correct bits are compiled (see end of source code).
-    4) if you are wanting to add a new  card, goto 5. Otherwise, recompile a
-    kernel with the ewrk3 configuration turned off and reboot.
-    5) insmod ewrk3.o
-          [Alan Cox: Changed this so you can insmod ewrk3.o irq=x io=y]
-          [Adam Kropelin: Multiple cards now supported by irq=x1,x2 io=y1,y2]
-    6) run the net startup bits for your new eth?? interface manually 
-    (usually /etc/rc.inet[12] at boot time). 
-    7) enjoy!
-
-    Note that autoprobing is not allowed in loadable modules - the system is
-    already up and running and you're messing with interrupts.
-
-    To unload a module, turn off the associated interface 
-    'ifconfig eth?? down' then 'rmmod ewrk3'.
-
-The performance we've  achieved so far  has been measured through the 'ttcp'
-tool   at 975kB/s.  This  measures  the  total  TCP  stack performance which
-includes the   card,  so don't  expect   to get   much nearer  the  1.25MB/s
-theoretical Ethernet rate.
-
-
-Enjoy!
-
-Dave
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/filter.txt b/Documentation/networking/filter.txt
index bbf2005270b5..cdb3e40b9d14 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/filter.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/filter.txt
@@ -17,12 +17,12 @@ creating filters.
 
 LSF is much simpler than BPF. One does not have to worry about
 devices or anything like that. You simply create your filter
-code, send it to the kernel via the SO_ATTACH_FILTER ioctl and
+code, send it to the kernel via the SO_ATTACH_FILTER option and
 if your filter code passes the kernel check on it, you then
 immediately begin filtering data on that socket.
 
 You can also detach filters from your socket via the
-SO_DETACH_FILTER ioctl. This will probably not be used much
+SO_DETACH_FILTER option. This will probably not be used much
 since when you close a socket that has a filter on it the
 filter is automagically removed. The other less common case
 may be adding a different filter on the same socket where you had another
@@ -31,12 +31,19 @@ the old one and placing your new one in its place, assuming your
 filter has passed the checks, otherwise if it fails the old filter
 will remain on that socket.
 
+SO_LOCK_FILTER option allows to lock the filter attached to a
+socket. Once set, a filter cannot be removed or changed. This allows
+one process to setup a socket, attach a filter, lock it then drop
+privileges and be assured that the filter will be kept until the
+socket is closed.
+
 Examples
 ========
 
 Ioctls-
 setsockopt(sockfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_ATTACH_FILTER, &Filter, sizeof(Filter));
 setsockopt(sockfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_DETACH_FILTER, &value, sizeof(value));
+setsockopt(sockfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_LOCK_FILTER, &value, sizeof(value));
 
 See the BSD bpf.4 manpage and the BSD Packet Filter paper written by
 Steven McCanne and Van Jacobson of Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
index dbca66182089..dc2dc87d2557 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
@@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ route/max_size - INTEGER
 	Maximum number of routes allowed in the kernel.  Increase
 	this when using large numbers of interfaces and/or routes.
 
+neigh/default/gc_thresh1 - INTEGER
+	Minimum number of entries to keep.  Garbage collector will not
+	purge entries if there are fewer than this number.
+	Default: 256
+
 neigh/default/gc_thresh3 - INTEGER
 	Maximum number of neighbor entries allowed.  Increase this
 	when using large numbers of interfaces and when communicating
@@ -125,17 +130,6 @@ somaxconn - INTEGER
 	Defaults to 128.  See also tcp_max_syn_backlog for additional tuning
 	for TCP sockets.
 
-tcp_abc - INTEGER
-	Controls Appropriate Byte Count (ABC) defined in RFC3465.
-	ABC is a way of increasing congestion window (cwnd) more slowly
-	in response to partial acknowledgments.
-	Possible values are:
-		0 increase cwnd once per acknowledgment (no ABC)
-		1 increase cwnd once per acknowledgment of full sized segment
-		2 allow increase cwnd by two if acknowledgment is
-		  of two segments to compensate for delayed acknowledgments.
-	Default: 0 (off)
-
 tcp_abort_on_overflow - BOOLEAN
 	If listening service is too slow to accept new connections,
 	reset them. Default state is FALSE. It means that if overflow
@@ -214,7 +208,8 @@ tcp_ecn - INTEGER
 	congestion before having to drop packets.
 	Possible values are:
 		0 Disable ECN.  Neither initiate nor accept ECN.
-		1 Always request ECN on outgoing connection attempts.
+		1 Enable ECN when requested by incoming connections and
+		  also request ECN on outgoing connection attempts.
 		2 Enable ECN when requested by incoming connections
 		  but do not request ECN on outgoing connections.
 	Default: 2
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/multicast.txt b/Documentation/networking/multicast.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index b06c8c69266f..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/networking/multicast.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-Behaviour of Cards Under Multicast
-==================================
-
-This is how they currently behave, not what the hardware can do--for example,
-the Lance driver doesn't use its filter, even though the code for loading
-it is in the DEC Lance-based driver.
-
-The following are requirements for multicasting 
------------------------------------------------
-AppleTalk	Multicast	hardware filtering not important but
-				 avoid cards only doing promisc
-IP-Multicast	Multicast	hardware filters really help
-IP-MRoute	AllMulti	hardware filters are of no help
-
-
-Board		Multicast	AllMulti	Promisc		Filter
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-3c501		YES		YES		YES		Software
-3c503		YES		YES		YES		Hardware
-3c505		YES		NO		YES		Hardware
-3c507		NO		NO		NO		N/A
-3c509		YES		YES		YES		Software
-3c59x		YES		YES		YES		Software
-ac3200		YES		YES		YES		Hardware
-apricot		YES		PROMISC		YES		Hardware
-arcnet		NO		NO		NO		N/A
-at1700		PROMISC		PROMISC		YES		Software
-atp		PROMISC		PROMISC		YES		Software
-cs89x0		YES		YES		YES		Software
-de4x5		YES		YES		YES		Hardware
-de600		NO		NO		NO		N/A
-de620		PROMISC		PROMISC		YES		Software
-depca		YES		PROMISC		YES		Hardware
-dmfe		YES		YES		YES		Software(*)
-e2100		YES		YES		YES		Hardware
-eepro		YES		PROMISC		YES		Hardware
-eexpress	NO		NO		NO		N/A
-ewrk3		YES		PROMISC		YES		Hardware
-hp-plus		YES		YES		YES		Hardware
-hp		YES		YES		YES		Hardware
-hp100		YES		YES		YES		Hardware
-ibmtr		NO		NO		NO		N/A
-ioc3-eth	YES		YES		YES		Hardware
-lance		YES		YES		YES		Software(#)
-ne		YES		YES		YES		Hardware
-ni52		<------------------ Buggy ------------------>
-ni65		YES		YES		YES		Software(#)
-seeq		NO		NO		NO		N/A
-sgiseek		<------------------ Buggy ------------------>
-smc-ultra	YES		YES		YES		Hardware
-sunlance	YES		YES		YES		Hardware
-tulip		YES		YES		YES		Hardware
-wavelan		YES		PROMISC		YES		Hardware
-wd		YES		YES		YES		Hardware
-xirc2ps_cs	YES		YES		YES		Hardware
-znet		YES		YES		YES		Software
-
-
-PROMISC = This multicast mode is in fact promiscuous mode. Avoid using
-cards who go PROMISC on any multicast in a multicast kernel.
-
-(#) = Hardware multicast support is not used yet.
-(*) = Hardware support for Davicom 9132 chipset only.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/netconsole.txt b/Documentation/networking/netconsole.txt
index 2e9e0ae2cd45..a5d574a9ae09 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/netconsole.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/netconsole.txt
@@ -1,9 +1,10 @@
 
 started by Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>, 2001.09.17
 2.6 port and netpoll api by Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>, Sep 9 2003
+IPv6 support by Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>, Jan 1 2013
 
 Please send bug reports to Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
-and Satyam Sharma <satyam.sharma@gmail.com>
+Satyam Sharma <satyam.sharma@gmail.com>, and Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
 
 Introduction:
 =============
@@ -41,6 +42,10 @@ Examples:
 
  insmod netconsole netconsole=@/,@10.0.0.2/
 
+  or using IPv6
+
+ insmod netconsole netconsole=@/,@fd00:1:2:3::1/
+
 It also supports logging to multiple remote agents by specifying
 parameters for the multiple agents separated by semicolons and the
 complete string enclosed in "quotes", thusly:
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/nf_conntrack-sysctl.txt b/Documentation/networking/nf_conntrack-sysctl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..70da5086153d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/networking/nf_conntrack-sysctl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+/proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_* Variables:
+
+nf_conntrack_acct - BOOLEAN
+	0 - disabled (default)
+	not 0 - enabled
+
+	Enable connection tracking flow accounting. 64-bit byte and packet
+	counters per flow are added.
+
+nf_conntrack_buckets - INTEGER (read-only)
+	Size of hash table. If not specified as parameter during module
+	loading, the default size is calculated by dividing total memory
+	by 16384 to determine the number of buckets but the hash table will
+	never have fewer than 32 or more than 16384 buckets.
+
+nf_conntrack_checksum - BOOLEAN
+	0 - disabled
+	not 0 - enabled (default)
+
+	Verify checksum of incoming packets. Packets with bad checksums are
+	in INVALID state. If this is enabled, such packets will not be
+	considered for connection tracking.
+
+nf_conntrack_count - INTEGER (read-only)
+	Number of currently allocated flow entries.
+
+nf_conntrack_events - BOOLEAN
+	0 - disabled
+	not 0 - enabled (default)
+
+	If this option is enabled, the connection tracking code will
+	provide userspace with connection tracking events via ctnetlink.
+
+nf_conntrack_events_retry_timeout - INTEGER (seconds)
+	default 15
+
+	This option is only relevant when "reliable connection tracking
+	events" are used.  Normally, ctnetlink is "lossy", that is,
+	events are normally dropped when userspace listeners can't keep up.
+
+	Userspace can request "reliable event mode".  When this mode is
+	active, the conntrack will only be destroyed after the event was
+	delivered.  If event delivery fails, the kernel periodically
+	re-tries to send the event to userspace.
+
+	This is the maximum interval the kernel should use when re-trying
+	to deliver the destroy event.
+
+	A higher number means there will be fewer delivery retries and it
+	will take longer for a backlog to be processed.
+
+nf_conntrack_expect_max - INTEGER
+	Maximum size of expectation table.  Default value is
+	nf_conntrack_buckets / 256. Minimum is 1.
+
+nf_conntrack_frag6_high_thresh - INTEGER
+	default 262144
+
+	Maximum memory used to reassemble IPv6 fragments.  When
+	nf_conntrack_frag6_high_thresh bytes of memory is allocated for this
+	purpose, the fragment handler will toss packets until
+	nf_conntrack_frag6_low_thresh is reached.
+
+nf_conntrack_frag6_low_thresh - INTEGER
+	default 196608
+
+	See nf_conntrack_frag6_low_thresh
+
+nf_conntrack_frag6_timeout - INTEGER (seconds)
+	default 60
+
+	Time to keep an IPv6 fragment in memory.
+
+nf_conntrack_generic_timeout - INTEGER (seconds)
+	default 600
+
+	Default for generic timeout.  This refers to layer 4 unknown/unsupported
+	protocols.
+
+nf_conntrack_helper - BOOLEAN
+	0 - disabled
+	not 0 - enabled (default)
+
+	Enable automatic conntrack helper assignment.
+
+nf_conntrack_icmp_timeout - INTEGER (seconds)
+	default 30
+
+	Default for ICMP timeout.
+
+nf_conntrack_icmpv6_timeout - INTEGER (seconds)
+	default 30
+
+	Default for ICMP6 timeout.
+
+nf_conntrack_log_invalid - INTEGER
+	0   - disable (default)
+	1   - log ICMP packets
+	6   - log TCP packets
+	17  - log UDP packets
+	33  - log DCCP packets
+	41  - log ICMPv6 packets
+	136 - log UDPLITE packets
+	255 - log packets of any protocol
+
+	Log invalid packets of a type specified by value.
+
+nf_conntrack_max - INTEGER
+	Size of connection tracking table.  Default value is
+	nf_conntrack_buckets value * 4.
+
+nf_conntrack_tcp_be_liberal - BOOLEAN
+	0 - disabled (default)
+	not 0 - enabled
+
+	Be conservative in what you do, be liberal in what you accept from others.
+	If it's non-zero, we mark only out of window RST segments as INVALID.
+
+nf_conntrack_tcp_loose - BOOLEAN
+	0 - disabled
+	not 0 - enabled (default)
+
+	If it is set to zero, we disable picking up already established
+	connections.
+
+nf_conntrack_tcp_max_retrans - INTEGER
+	default 3
+
+	Maximum number of packets that can be retransmitted without
+	received an (acceptable) ACK from the destination. If this number
+	is reached, a shorter timer will be started.
+
+nf_conntrack_tcp_timeout_close - INTEGER (seconds)
+	default 10
+
+nf_conntrack_tcp_timeout_close_wait - INTEGER (seconds)
+	default 60
+
+nf_conntrack_tcp_timeout_established - INTEGER (seconds)
+	default 432000 (5 days)
+
+nf_conntrack_tcp_timeout_fin_wait - INTEGER (seconds)
+	default 120
+
+nf_conntrack_tcp_timeout_last_ack - INTEGER (seconds)
+	default 30
+
+nf_conntrack_tcp_timeout_max_retrans - INTEGER (seconds)
+	default 300
+
+nf_conntrack_tcp_timeout_syn_recv - INTEGER (seconds)
+	default 60
+
+nf_conntrack_tcp_timeout_syn_sent - INTEGER (seconds)
+	default 120
+
+nf_conntrack_tcp_timeout_time_wait - INTEGER (seconds)
+	default 120
+
+nf_conntrack_tcp_timeout_unacknowledged - INTEGER (seconds)
+	default 300
+
+nf_conntrack_timestamp - BOOLEAN
+	0 - disabled (default)
+	not 0 - enabled
+
+	Enable connection tracking flow timestamping.
+
+nf_conntrack_udp_timeout - INTEGER (seconds)
+	default 30
+
+nf_conntrack_udp_timeout_stream2 - INTEGER (seconds)
+	default 180
+
+	This extended timeout will be used in case there is an UDP stream
+	detected.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/operstates.txt b/Documentation/networking/operstates.txt
index 1a77a3cfae54..97694572338b 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/operstates.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/operstates.txt
@@ -88,6 +88,10 @@ set this flag. On netif_carrier_off(), the scheduler stops sending
 packets. The name 'carrier' and the inversion are historical, think of
 it as lower layer.
 
+Note that for certain kind of soft-devices, which are not managing any
+real hardware, there is possible to set this bit from userpsace.
+One should use TVL IFLA_CARRIER to do so.
+
 netif_carrier_ok() can be used to query that bit.
 
 __LINK_STATE_DORMANT, maps to IFF_DORMANT:
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/phy.txt b/Documentation/networking/phy.txt
index 95e5f5985a2a..d5b1a3935245 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/phy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/phy.txt
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Letting the PHY Abstraction Layer do Everything
  
  Now, to connect, just call this function:
  
-   phydev = phy_connect(dev, phy_name, &adjust_link, flags, interface);
+   phydev = phy_connect(dev, phy_name, &adjust_link, interface);
 
  phydev is a pointer to the phy_device structure which represents the PHY.  If
  phy_connect is successful, it will return the pointer.  dev, here, is the
@@ -113,7 +113,9 @@ Letting the PHY Abstraction Layer do Everything
  current state, though the PHY will not yet be truly operational at this
  point.
 
- flags is a u32 which can optionally contain phy-specific flags.
+ PHY-specific flags should be set in phydev->dev_flags prior to the call
+ to phy_connect() such that the underlying PHY driver can check for flags
+ and perform specific operations based on them.
  This is useful if the system has put hardware restrictions on
  the PHY/controller, of which the PHY needs to be aware.
 
@@ -185,11 +187,10 @@ Doing it all yourself
    start, or disables then frees them for stop.
 
  struct phy_device * phy_attach(struct net_device *dev, const char *phy_id,
-		 u32 flags, phy_interface_t interface);
+		 phy_interface_t interface);
 
    Attaches a network device to a particular PHY, binding the PHY to a generic
-   driver if none was found during bus initialization.  Passes in
-   any phy-specific flags as needed.
+   driver if none was found during bus initialization.
 
  int phy_start_aneg(struct phy_device *phydev);
    
diff --git a/Documentation/nfc/nfc-hci.txt b/Documentation/nfc/nfc-hci.txt
index 89a339c9b079..0686c9e211c2 100644
--- a/Documentation/nfc/nfc-hci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/nfc/nfc-hci.txt
@@ -17,10 +17,12 @@ HCI
 HCI registers as an nfc device with NFC Core. Requests coming from userspace are
 routed through netlink sockets to NFC Core and then to HCI. From this point,
 they are translated in a sequence of HCI commands sent to the HCI layer in the
-host controller (the chip). The sending context blocks while waiting for the
-response to arrive.
+host controller (the chip). Commands can be executed synchronously (the sending
+context blocks waiting for response) or asynchronously (the response is returned
+from HCI Rx context).
 HCI events can also be received from the host controller. They will be handled
-and a translation will be forwarded to NFC Core as needed.
+and a translation will be forwarded to NFC Core as needed. There are hooks to
+let the HCI driver handle proprietary events or override standard behavior.
 HCI uses 2 execution contexts:
 - one for executing commands : nfc_hci_msg_tx_work(). Only one command
 can be executing at any given moment.
@@ -33,6 +35,8 @@ The Session initialization is an HCI standard which must unfortunately
 support proprietary gates. This is the reason why the driver will pass a list
 of proprietary gates that must be part of the session. HCI will ensure all
 those gates have pipes connected when the hci device is set up.
+In case the chip supports pre-opened gates and pseudo-static pipes, the driver
+can pass that information to HCI core.
 
 HCI Gates and Pipes
 -------------------
@@ -46,6 +50,13 @@ without knowing the pipe connected to it.
 Driver interface
 ----------------
 
+A driver is generally written in two parts : the physical link management and
+the HCI management. This makes it easier to maintain a driver for a chip that
+can be connected using various phy (i2c, spi, ...)
+
+HCI Management
+--------------
+
 A driver would normally register itself with HCI and provide the following
 entry points:
 
@@ -53,58 +64,113 @@ struct nfc_hci_ops {
 	int (*open)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev);
 	void (*close)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev);
 	int (*hci_ready) (struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev);
-	int (*xmit)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, struct sk_buff *skb);
-	int (*start_poll)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, u32 protocols);
-	int (*target_from_gate)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, u8 gate,
-				struct nfc_target *target);
+	int (*xmit) (struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, struct sk_buff *skb);
+	int (*start_poll) (struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev,
+			   u32 im_protocols, u32 tm_protocols);
+	int (*dep_link_up)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, struct nfc_target *target,
+			   u8 comm_mode, u8 *gb, size_t gb_len);
+	int (*dep_link_down)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev);
+	int (*target_from_gate) (struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, u8 gate,
+				 struct nfc_target *target);
 	int (*complete_target_discovered) (struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, u8 gate,
 					   struct nfc_target *target);
-	int (*data_exchange) (struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev,
-			      struct nfc_target *target,
-			      struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff **res_skb);
+	int (*im_transceive) (struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev,
+			      struct nfc_target *target, struct sk_buff *skb,
+			      data_exchange_cb_t cb, void *cb_context);
+	int (*tm_send)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, struct sk_buff *skb);
 	int (*check_presence)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev,
 			      struct nfc_target *target);
+	int (*event_received)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, u8 gate, u8 event,
+			      struct sk_buff *skb);
 };
 
 - open() and close() shall turn the hardware on and off.
 - hci_ready() is an optional entry point that is called right after the hci
 session has been set up. The driver can use it to do additional initialization
 that must be performed using HCI commands.
-- xmit() shall simply write a frame to the chip.
+- xmit() shall simply write a frame to the physical link.
 - start_poll() is an optional entrypoint that shall set the hardware in polling
 mode. This must be implemented only if the hardware uses proprietary gates or a
 mechanism slightly different from the HCI standard.
+- dep_link_up() is called after a p2p target has been detected, to finish
+the p2p connection setup with hardware parameters that need to be passed back
+to nfc core.
+- dep_link_down() is called to bring the p2p link down.
 - target_from_gate() is an optional entrypoint to return the nfc protocols
 corresponding to a proprietary gate.
 - complete_target_discovered() is an optional entry point to let the driver
 perform additional proprietary processing necessary to auto activate the
 discovered target.
-- data_exchange() must be implemented by the driver if proprietary HCI commands
+- im_transceive() must be implemented by the driver if proprietary HCI commands
 are required to send data to the tag. Some tag types will require custom
 commands, others can be written to using the standard HCI commands. The driver
 can check the tag type and either do proprietary processing, or return 1 to ask
-for standard processing.
+for standard processing. The data exchange command itself must be sent
+asynchronously.
+- tm_send() is called to send data in the case of a p2p connection
 - check_presence() is an optional entry point that will be called regularly
 by the core to check that an activated tag is still in the field. If this is
 not implemented, the core will not be able to push tag_lost events to the user
 space
+- event_received() is called to handle an event coming from the chip. Driver
+can handle the event or return 1 to let HCI attempt standard processing.
 
 On the rx path, the driver is responsible to push incoming HCP frames to HCI
 using nfc_hci_recv_frame(). HCI will take care of re-aggregation and handling
 This must be done from a context that can sleep.
 
-SHDLC
------
+PHY Management
+--------------
+
+The physical link (i2c, ...) management is defined by the following struture:
+
+struct nfc_phy_ops {
+	int (*write)(void *dev_id, struct sk_buff *skb);
+	int (*enable)(void *dev_id);
+	void (*disable)(void *dev_id);
+};
+
+enable(): turn the phy on (power on), make it ready to transfer data
+disable(): turn the phy off
+write(): Send a data frame to the chip. Note that to enable higher
+layers such as an llc to store the frame for re-emission, this function must
+not alter the skb. It must also not return a positive result (return 0 for
+success, negative for failure).
+
+Data coming from the chip shall be sent directly to nfc_hci_recv_frame().
+
+LLC
+---
+
+Communication between the CPU and the chip often requires some link layer
+protocol. Those are isolated as modules managed by the HCI layer. There are
+currently two modules : nop (raw transfert) and shdlc.
+A new llc must implement the following functions:
+
+struct nfc_llc_ops {
+	void *(*init) (struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, xmit_to_drv_t xmit_to_drv,
+		       rcv_to_hci_t rcv_to_hci, int tx_headroom,
+		       int tx_tailroom, int *rx_headroom, int *rx_tailroom,
+		       llc_failure_t llc_failure);
+	void (*deinit) (struct nfc_llc *llc);
+	int (*start) (struct nfc_llc *llc);
+	int (*stop) (struct nfc_llc *llc);
+	void (*rcv_from_drv) (struct nfc_llc *llc, struct sk_buff *skb);
+	int (*xmit_from_hci) (struct nfc_llc *llc, struct sk_buff *skb);
+};
+
+- init() : allocate and init your private storage
+- deinit() : cleanup
+- start() : establish the logical connection
+- stop () : terminate the logical connection
+- rcv_from_drv() : handle data coming from the chip, going to HCI
+- xmit_from_hci() : handle data sent by HCI, going to the chip
 
-Most chips use shdlc to ensure integrity and delivery ordering of the HCP
-frames between the host controller (the chip) and hosts (entities connected
-to the chip, like the cpu). In order to simplify writing the driver, an shdlc
-layer is available for use by the driver.
-When used, the driver actually registers with shdlc, and shdlc will register
-with HCI. HCI sees shdlc as the driver and thus send its HCP frames
-through shdlc->xmit.
-SHDLC adds a new execution context (nfc_shdlc_sm_work()) to run its state
-machine and handle both its rx and tx path.
+The llc must be registered with nfc before it can be used. Do that by
+calling nfc_llc_register(const char *name, struct nfc_llc_ops *ops);
+
+Again, note that the llc does not handle the physical link. It is thus very
+easy to mix any physical link with any llc for a given chip driver.
 
 Included Drivers
 ----------------
@@ -117,10 +183,12 @@ Execution Contexts
 
 The execution contexts are the following:
 - IRQ handler (IRQH):
-fast, cannot sleep. stores incoming frames into an shdlc rx queue
+fast, cannot sleep. sends incoming frames to HCI where they are passed to
+the current llc. In case of shdlc, the frame is queued in shdlc rx queue.
 
 - SHDLC State Machine worker (SMW)
-handles shdlc rx & tx queues. Dispatches HCI cmd responses.
+Only when llc_shdlc is used: handles shdlc rx & tx queues.
+Dispatches HCI cmd responses.
 
 - HCI Tx Cmd worker (MSGTXWQ)
 Serializes execution of HCI commands. Completes execution in case of response
@@ -166,6 +234,15 @@ waiting command execution. Response processing involves invoking the completion
 callback that was provided by nfc_hci_msg_tx_work() when it sent the command.
 The completion callback will then wake the syscall context.
 
+It is also possible to execute the command asynchronously using this API:
+
+static int nfc_hci_execute_cmd_async(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, u8 pipe, u8 cmd,
+			       const u8 *param, size_t param_len,
+			       data_exchange_cb_t cb, void *cb_context)
+
+The workflow is the same, except that the API call returns immediately, and
+the callback will be called with the result from the SMW context.
+
 Workflow receiving an HCI event or command
 ------------------------------------------
 
diff --git a/Documentation/nfc/nfc-pn544.txt b/Documentation/nfc/nfc-pn544.txt
index 2fcac9f5996e..b36ca14ca2d6 100644
--- a/Documentation/nfc/nfc-pn544.txt
+++ b/Documentation/nfc/nfc-pn544.txt
@@ -1,32 +1,15 @@
 Kernel driver for the NXP Semiconductors PN544 Near Field
 Communication chip
 
-Author: Jari Vanhala
-Contact: Matti Aaltonen (matti.j.aaltonen at nokia.com)
-
 General
 -------
 
 The PN544 is an integrated transmission module for contactless
 communication. The driver goes under drives/nfc/ and is compiled as a
-module named "pn544". It registers a misc device and creates a device
-file named "/dev/pn544".
+module named "pn544".
 
 Host Interfaces: I2C, SPI and HSU, this driver supports currently only I2C.
 
-The Interface
--------------
-
-The driver offers a sysfs interface for a hardware test and an IOCTL
-interface for selecting between two operating modes. There are read,
-write and poll functions for transferring messages. The two operating
-modes are the normal (HCI) mode and the firmware update mode.
-
-PN544 is controlled by sending messages from the userspace to the
-chip. The main function of the driver is just to pass those messages
-without caring about the message content.
-
-
 Protocols
 ---------
 
@@ -47,68 +30,3 @@ and third (LSB) bytes of the message. The maximum FW message length is
 
 For the ETSI HCI specification see
 http://www.etsi.org/WebSite/Technologies/ProtocolSpecification.aspx
-
-The Hardware Test
------------------
-
-The idea of the test is that it can performed by reading from the
-corresponding sysfs file. The test is implemented in the board file
-and it should test that PN544 can be put into the firmware update
-mode. If the test is not implemented the sysfs file does not get
-created.
-
-Example:
-> cat /sys/module/pn544/drivers/i2c\:pn544/3-002b/nfc_test
-1
-
-Normal Operation
-----------------
-
-PN544 is powered up when the device file is opened, otherwise it's
-turned off. Only one instance can use the device at a time.
-
-Userspace applications control PN544 with HCI messages. The hardware
-sends an interrupt when data is available for reading. Data is
-physically read when the read function is called by a userspace
-application. Poll() checks the read interrupt state. Configuration and
-self testing are also done from the userspace using read and write.
-
-Example platform data:
-
-static int rx71_pn544_nfc_request_resources(struct i2c_client *client)
-{
-	/* Get and setup the HW resources for the device */
-}
-
-static void rx71_pn544_nfc_free_resources(void)
-{
-	/* Release the HW resources */
-}
-
-static void rx71_pn544_nfc_enable(int fw)
-{
-	/* Turn the device on */
-}
-
-static int rx71_pn544_nfc_test(void)
-{
-	/*
-	 * Put the device into the FW update mode
-	 * and then back to the normal mode.
-	 * Check the behavior and return one on success,
-	 * zero on failure.
-	 */
-}
-
-static void rx71_pn544_nfc_disable(void)
-{
-	/* turn the power off */
-}
-
-static struct pn544_nfc_platform_data rx71_nfc_data = {
-	.request_resources = rx71_pn544_nfc_request_resources,
-	.free_resources = rx71_pn544_nfc_free_resources,
-	.enable = rx71_pn544_nfc_enable,
-	.test = rx71_pn544_nfc_test,
-	.disable = rx71_pn544_nfc_disable,
-};
diff --git a/Documentation/pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/pinctrl.txt
index da40efbef6ec..a2b57e0a1db0 100644
--- a/Documentation/pinctrl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/pinctrl.txt
@@ -972,6 +972,18 @@ pinmux core.
 Pin control requests from drivers
 =================================
 
+When a device driver is about to probe the device core will automatically
+attempt to issue pinctrl_get_select_default() on these devices.
+This way driver writers do not need to add any of the boilerplate code
+of the type found below. However when doing fine-grained state selection
+and not using the "default" state, you may have to do some device driver
+handling of the pinctrl handles and states.
+
+So if you just want to put the pins for a certain device into the default
+state and be done with it, there is nothing you need to do besides
+providing the proper mapping table. The device core will take care of
+the rest.
+
 Generally it is discouraged to let individual drivers get and enable pin
 control. So if possible, handle the pin control in platform code or some other
 place where you have access to all the affected struct device * pointers. In
@@ -1097,9 +1109,9 @@ situations that can be electrically unpleasant, you will certainly want to
 mux in and bias pins in a certain way before the GPIO subsystems starts to
 deal with them.
 
-The above can be hidden: using pinctrl hogs, the pin control driver may be
-setting up the config and muxing for the pins when it is probing,
-nevertheless orthogonal to the GPIO subsystem.
+The above can be hidden: using the device core, the pinctrl core may be
+setting up the config and muxing for the pins right before the device is
+probing, nevertheless orthogonal to the GPIO subsystem.
 
 But there are also situations where it makes sense for the GPIO subsystem
 to communicate directly with with the pinctrl subsystem, using the latter
diff --git a/Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.txt b/Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.txt
index 6ec291ea1c78..85894d83b352 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.txt
+++ b/Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.txt
@@ -223,3 +223,8 @@ since they ask the freezer to skip freezing this task, since it is anyway
 only after the entire suspend/hibernation sequence is complete.
 So, to summarize, use [un]lock_system_sleep() instead of directly using
 mutex_[un]lock(&pm_mutex). That would prevent freezing failures.
+
+V. Miscellaneous
+/sys/power/pm_freeze_timeout controls how long it will cost at most to freeze
+all user space processes or all freezable kernel threads, in unit of millisecond.
+The default value is 20000, with range of unsigned integer.
diff --git a/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt b/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt
index 03591a750f99..6c9f5d9aa115 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt
@@ -426,6 +426,10 @@ drivers/base/power/runtime.c and include/linux/pm_runtime.h:
       'power.runtime_error' is set or 'power.disable_depth' is greater than
       zero)
 
+  bool pm_runtime_active(struct device *dev);
+    - return true if the device's runtime PM status is 'active' or its
+      'power.disable_depth' field is not equal to zero, or false otherwise
+
   bool pm_runtime_suspended(struct device *dev);
     - return true if the device's runtime PM status is 'suspended' and its
       'power.disable_depth' field is equal to zero, or false otherwise
diff --git a/Documentation/printk-formats.txt b/Documentation/printk-formats.txt
index 8ffb274367c7..e8a6aa473bab 100644
--- a/Documentation/printk-formats.txt
+++ b/Documentation/printk-formats.txt
@@ -53,6 +53,14 @@ Struct Resources:
 	For printing struct resources. The 'R' and 'r' specifiers result in a
 	printed resource with ('R') or without ('r') a decoded flags member.
 
+Physical addresses:
+
+	%pa	0x01234567 or 0x0123456789abcdef
+
+	For printing a phys_addr_t type (and its derivatives, such as
+	resource_size_t) which can vary based on build options, regardless of
+	the width of the CPU data path. Passed by reference.
+
 Raw buffer as a hex string:
 	%*ph	00 01 02  ...  3f
 	%*phC	00:01:02: ... :3f
@@ -150,9 +158,9 @@ s64 SHOULD be printed with %lld/%llx, (long long):
 	printk("%lld", (long long)s64_var);
 
 If <type> is dependent on a config option for its size (e.g., sector_t,
-blkcnt_t, phys_addr_t, resource_size_t) or is architecture-dependent
-for its size (e.g., tcflag_t), use a format specifier of its largest
-possible type and explicitly cast to it.  Example:
+blkcnt_t) or is architecture-dependent for its size (e.g., tcflag_t), use a
+format specifier of its largest possible type and explicitly cast to it.
+Example:
 
 	printk("test: sector number/total blocks: %llu/%llu\n",
 		(unsigned long long)sector, (unsigned long long)blockcount);
diff --git a/Documentation/serial/driver b/Documentation/serial/driver
index 0a25a9191864..067c47d46917 100644
--- a/Documentation/serial/driver
+++ b/Documentation/serial/driver
@@ -133,6 +133,16 @@ hardware.
 	Interrupts: locally disabled.
 	This call must not sleep
 
+  send_xchar(port,ch)
+	Transmit a high priority character, even if the port is stopped.
+	This is used to implement XON/XOFF flow control and tcflow().  If
+	the serial driver does not implement this function, the tty core
+	will append the character to the circular buffer and then call
+	start_tx() / stop_tx() to flush the data out.
+
+	Locking: none.
+	Interrupts: caller dependent.
+
   stop_rx(port)
 	Stop receiving characters; the port is in the process of
 	being closed.
@@ -242,9 +252,8 @@ hardware.
 
   pm(port,state,oldstate)
 	Perform any power management related activities on the specified
-	port.  State indicates the new state (defined by ACPI D0-D3),
-	oldstate indicates the previous state.  Essentially, D0 means
-	fully on, D3 means powered down.
+	port.  State indicates the new state (defined by
+	enum uart_pm_state), oldstate indicates the previous state.
 
 	This function should not be used to grab any resources.
 
@@ -255,6 +264,10 @@ hardware.
 	Locking: none.
 	Interrupts: caller dependent.
 
+  set_wake(port,state)
+	Enable/disable power management wakeup on serial activity.  Not
+	currently implemented.
+
   type(port)
 	Return a pointer to a string constant describing the specified
 	port, or return NULL, in which case the string 'unknown' is
@@ -307,6 +320,31 @@ hardware.
 	Locking: none.
 	Interrupts: caller dependent.
 
+  poll_init(port)
+	Called by kgdb to perform the minimal hardware initialization needed
+	to support poll_put_char() and poll_get_char().  Unlike ->startup()
+	this should not request interrupts.
+
+	Locking: tty_mutex and tty_port->mutex taken.
+	Interrupts: n/a.
+
+  poll_put_char(port,ch)
+	Called by kgdb to write a single character directly to the serial
+	port.  It can and should block until there is space in the TX FIFO.
+
+	Locking: none.
+	Interrupts: caller dependent.
+	This call must not sleep
+
+  poll_get_char(port)
+	Called by kgdb to read a single character directly from the serial
+	port.  If data is available, it should be returned; otherwise
+	the function should return NO_POLL_CHAR immediately.
+
+	Locking: none.
+	Interrupts: caller dependent.
+	This call must not sleep
+
 Other functions
 ---------------
 
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt
index b9cfd339a6fa..ce6581c8ca26 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt
@@ -890,8 +890,9 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
     enable_msi	- Enable Message Signaled Interrupt (MSI) (default = off)
     power_save	- Automatic power-saving timeout (in second, 0 =
 		disable)
-    power_save_controller - Reset HD-audio controller in power-saving mode
-		(default = on)
+    power_save_controller - Support runtime D3 of HD-audio controller
+		(-1 = on for supported chip (default), false = off,
+		 true = force to on even for unsupported hardware)
     align_buffer_size - Force rounding of buffer/period sizes to multiples
     		      of 128 bytes. This is more efficient in terms of memory
 		      access but isn't required by the HDA spec and prevents
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt
index 16dfe57f1731..bb8b0dc532b8 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ ALC882/883/885/888/889
   acer-aspire-8930g	Acer Aspire 8330G/6935G
   acer-aspire		Acer Aspire others
   inv-dmic	Inverted internal mic workaround
-  no-primary-hp		VAIO Z workaround (for fixed speaker DAC)
+  no-primary-hp		VAIO Z/VGC-LN51JGB workaround (for fixed speaker DAC)
 
 ALC861/660
 ==========
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt
index 7813c06a5c71..d4faa63ff352 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt
@@ -176,14 +176,14 @@ support the automatic probing (yet as of 2.6.28).  And, BIOS is often,
 yes, pretty often broken.  It sets up wrong values and screws up the
 driver.
 
-The preset model is provided basically to overcome such a situation.
-When the matching preset model is found in the white-list, the driver
-assumes the static configuration of that preset and builds the mixer
-elements and PCM streams based on the static information.  Thus, if
-you have a newer machine with a slightly different PCI SSID from the
-existing one, you may have a good chance to re-use the same model.
-You can pass the `model` option to specify the preset model instead of
-PCI SSID look-up.
+The preset model (or recently called as "fix-up") is provided
+basically to overcome such a situation.  When the matching preset
+model is found in the white-list, the driver assumes the static
+configuration of that preset with the correct pin setup, etc.
+Thus, if you have a newer machine with a slightly different PCI SSID
+(or codec SSID) from the existing one, you may have a good chance to
+re-use the same model.  You can pass the `model` option to specify the
+preset model instead of PCI (and codec-) SSID look-up.
 
 What `model` option values are available depends on the codec chip.
 Check your codec chip from the codec proc file (see "Codec Proc-File"
@@ -199,17 +199,12 @@ non-working HD-audio hardware is to check HD-audio codec and several
 different `model` option values.  If you have any luck, some of them
 might suit with your device well.
 
-Some codecs such as ALC880 have a special model option `model=test`.
-This configures the driver to provide as many mixer controls as
-possible for every single pin feature except for the unsolicited
-events (and maybe some other specials).  Adjust each mixer element and
-try the I/O in the way of trial-and-error until figuring out the whole
-I/O pin mappings.
+There are a few special model option values:
+- when 'nofixup' is passed, the device-specific fixups in the codec
+  parser are skipped.
+- when `generic` is passed, the codec-specific parser is skipped and
+  only the generic parser is used.
 
-Note that `model=generic` has a special meaning.  It means to use the
-generic parser regardless of the codec.  Usually the codec-specific
-parser is much better than the generic parser (as now).  Thus this
-option is more about the debugging purpose.
 
 Speaker and Headphone Output
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
@@ -387,9 +382,8 @@ init_verbs::
   (separated with a space).
 hints::
   Shows / stores hint strings for codec parsers for any use.
-  Its format is `key = value`.  For example, passing `hp_detect = yes`
-  to IDT/STAC codec parser will result in the disablement of the
-  headphone detection.
+  Its format is `key = value`.  For example, passing `jack_detect = no`
+  will disable the jack detection of the machine completely.
 init_pin_configs::
   Shows the initial pin default config values set by BIOS.
 driver_pin_configs::
@@ -421,6 +415,61 @@ re-configure based on that state, run like below:
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
+Hint Strings
+~~~~~~~~~~~~
+The codec parser have several switches and adjustment knobs for
+matching better with the actual codec or device behavior.  Many of
+them can be adjusted dynamically via "hints" strings as mentioned in
+the section above.  For example, by passing `jack_detect = no` string
+via sysfs or a patch file, you can disable the jack detection, thus
+the codec parser will skip the features like auto-mute or mic
+auto-switch.  As a boolean value, either `yes`, `no`, `true`, `false`,
+`1` or `0` can be passed.
+
+The generic parser supports the following hints:
+
+- jack_detect (bool): specify whether the jack detection is available
+  at all on this machine; default true
+- inv_jack_detect (bool): indicates that the jack detection logic is
+  inverted
+- trigger_sense (bool): indicates that the jack detection needs the
+  explicit call of AC_VERB_SET_PIN_SENSE verb
+- inv_eapd (bool): indicates that the EAPD is implemented in the
+  inverted logic
+- pcm_format_first (bool): sets the PCM format before the stream tag
+  and channel ID
+- sticky_stream (bool): keep the PCM format, stream tag and ID as long
+  as possible; default true
+- spdif_status_reset (bool): reset the SPDIF status bits at each time
+  the SPDIF stream is set up
+-  pin_amp_workaround (bool): the output pin may have multiple amp
+  values
+- single_adc_amp (bool): ADCs can have only single input amps
+- auto_mute (bool): enable/disable the headphone auto-mute feature;
+  default true
+- auto_mic (bool): enable/disable the mic auto-switch feature; default
+  true
+- line_in_auto_switch (bool): enable/disable the line-in auto-switch
+  feature; default false
+- need_dac_fix (bool): limits the DACs depending on the channel count
+- primary_hp (bool): probe headphone jacks as the primary outputs;
+  default true
+- multi_cap_vol (bool): provide multiple capture volumes
+- inv_dmic_split (bool): provide split internal mic volume/switch for
+  phase-inverted digital mics
+- indep_hp (bool): provide the independent headphone PCM stream and
+  the corresponding mixer control, if available
+- add_stereo_mix_input (bool): add the stereo mix (analog-loopback
+  mix) to the input mux if available
+- add_out_jack_modes (bool): add "xxx Jack Mode" enum controls to each
+  output jack for allowing to change the headphone amp capability
+- add_in_jack_modes (bool): add "xxx Jack Mode" enum controls to each
+  input jack for allowing to change the mic bias vref
+- power_down_unused (bool): power down the unused widgets
+- mixer_nid (int): specifies the widget NID of the analog-loopback
+  mixer
+
+
 Early Patching
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 When CONFIG_SND_HDA_PATCH_LOADER=y is set, you can pass a "patch" as a
@@ -445,7 +494,7 @@ A patch file is a plain text file which looks like below:
   0x20 0x400 0xff
 
   [hint]
-  hp_detect = yes
+  jack_detect = no
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 The file needs to have a line `[codec]`.  The next line should contain
@@ -531,6 +580,13 @@ cable is unplugged.  Thus, if you hear noises, suspect first the
 power-saving.  See /sys/module/snd_hda_intel/parameters/power_save to
 check the current value.  If it's non-zero, the feature is turned on.
 
+The recent kernel supports the runtime PM for the HD-audio controller
+chip, too.  It means that the HD-audio controller is also powered up /
+down dynamically.  The feature is enabled only for certain controller
+chips like Intel LynxPoint.  You can enable/disable this feature
+forcibly by setting `power_save_controller` option, which is also
+available at /sys/module/snd_hda_intel/parameters directory.
+
 
 Tracepoints
 ~~~~~~~~~~~
@@ -587,8 +643,9 @@ The latest development codes for HD-audio are found on sound git tree:
 - git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tiwai/sound.git
 
 The master branch or for-next branches can be used as the main
-development branches in general while the HD-audio specific patches
-are committed in topic/hda branch.
+development branches in general while the development for the current
+and next kernels are found in for-linus and for-next branches,
+respectively.
 
 If you are using the latest Linus tree, it'd be better to pull the
 above GIT tree onto it.  If you are using the older kernels, an easy
@@ -699,7 +756,11 @@ won't be always updated.  For example, the volume values are usually
 cached in the driver, and thus changing the widget amp value directly
 via hda-verb won't change the mixer value.
 
-The hda-verb program is found in the ftp directory:
+The hda-verb program is included now in alsa-tools:
+
+- git://git.alsa-project.org/alsa-tools.git
+
+Also, the old stand-alone package is found in the ftp directory:
 
 - ftp://ftp.suse.com/pub/people/tiwai/misc/
 
@@ -777,3 +838,18 @@ A git repository is available:
 
 See README file in the tarball for more details about hda-emu
 program.
+
+
+hda-jack-retask
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+hda-jack-retask is a user-friendly GUI program to manipulate the
+HD-audio pin control for jack retasking.  If you have a problem about
+the jack assignment, try this program and check whether you can get
+useful results.  Once when you figure out the proper pin assignment,
+it can be fixed either in the driver code statically or via passing a
+firmware patch file (see "Early Patching" section).
+
+The program is included in alsa-tools now:
+
+- git://git.alsa-project.org/alsa-tools.git
+
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/compress_offload.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/compress_offload.txt
index 90e9b3a11abc..0bcc55155911 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/compress_offload.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/compress_offload.txt
@@ -145,6 +145,52 @@ Modifications include:
 - Addition of encoding options when required (derived from OpenMAX IL)
 - Addition of rateControlSupported (missing in OpenMAX AL)
 
+Gapless Playback
+================
+When playing thru an album, the decoders have the ability to skip the encoder
+delay and padding and directly move from one track content to another. The end
+user can perceive this as gapless playback as we dont have silence while
+switching from one track to another
+
+Also, there might be low-intensity noises due to encoding. Perfect gapless is
+difficult to reach with all types of compressed data, but works fine with most
+music content. The decoder needs to know the encoder delay and encoder padding.
+So we need to pass this to DSP. This metadata is extracted from ID3/MP4 headers
+and are not present by default in the bitstream, hence the need for a new
+interface to pass this information to the DSP. Also DSP and userspace needs to
+switch from one track to another and start using data for second track.
+
+The main additions are:
+
+- set_metadata
+This routine sets the encoder delay and encoder padding. This can be used by
+decoder to strip the silence. This needs to be set before the data in the track
+is written.
+
+- set_next_track
+This routine tells DSP that metadata and write operation sent after this would
+correspond to subsequent track
+
+- partial drain
+This is called when end of file is reached. The userspace can inform DSP that
+EOF is reached and now DSP can start skipping padding delay. Also next write
+data would belong to next track
+
+Sequence flow for gapless would be:
+- Open
+- Get caps / codec caps
+- Set params
+- Set metadata of the first track
+- Fill data of the first track
+- Trigger start
+- User-space finished sending all,
+- Indicaite next track data by sending set_next_track
+- Set metadata of the next track
+- then call partial_drain to flush most of buffer in DSP
+- Fill data of the next track
+- DSP switches to second track
+(note: order for partial_drain and write for next track can be reversed as well)
+
 Not supported:
 
 - Support for VoIP/circuit-switched calls is not the target of this
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/events-power.txt b/Documentation/trace/events-power.txt
index cf794af22855..e1498ff8cf94 100644
--- a/Documentation/trace/events-power.txt
+++ b/Documentation/trace/events-power.txt
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Cf. include/trace/events/power.h for the events definitions.
 1. Power state switch events
 ============================
 
-1.1 New trace API
+1.1 Trace API
 -----------------
 
 A 'cpu' event class gathers the CPU-related events: cpuidle and
@@ -41,31 +41,6 @@ The event which has 'state=4294967295' in the trace is very important to the use
 space tools which are using it to detect the end of the current state, and so to
 correctly draw the states diagrams and to calculate accurate statistics etc.
 
-1.2 DEPRECATED trace API
-------------------------
-
-A new Kconfig option CONFIG_EVENT_POWER_TRACING_DEPRECATED with the default value of
-'y' has been created. This allows the legacy trace power API to be used conjointly
-with the new trace API.
-The Kconfig option, the old trace API (in include/trace/events/power.h) and the
-old trace points will disappear in a future release (namely 2.6.41).
-
-power_start		"type=%lu state=%lu cpu_id=%lu"
-power_frequency		"type=%lu state=%lu cpu_id=%lu"
-power_end		"cpu_id=%lu"
-
-The 'type' parameter takes one of those macros:
- . POWER_NONE	= 0,
- . POWER_CSTATE	= 1,	/* C-State */
- . POWER_PSTATE	= 2,	/* Frequency change or DVFS */
-
-The 'state' parameter is set depending on the type:
- . Target C-state for type=POWER_CSTATE,
- . Target frequency for type=POWER_PSTATE,
-
-power_end is used to indicate the exit of a state, corresponding to the latest
-power_start event.
-
 2. Clocks events
 ================
 The clock events are used for clock enable/disable and for
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt b/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt
index 6f51fed45f2d..53d6a3c51d87 100644
--- a/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt
+++ b/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt
@@ -1842,6 +1842,89 @@ an error.
  # cat buffer_size_kb
 85
 
+Snapshot
+--------
+CONFIG_TRACER_SNAPSHOT makes a generic snapshot feature
+available to all non latency tracers. (Latency tracers which
+record max latency, such as "irqsoff" or "wakeup", can't use
+this feature, since those are already using the snapshot
+mechanism internally.)
+
+Snapshot preserves a current trace buffer at a particular point
+in time without stopping tracing. Ftrace swaps the current
+buffer with a spare buffer, and tracing continues in the new
+current (=previous spare) buffer.
+
+The following debugfs files in "tracing" are related to this
+feature:
+
+  snapshot:
+
+	This is used to take a snapshot and to read the output
+	of the snapshot. Echo 1 into this file to allocate a
+	spare buffer and to take a snapshot (swap), then read
+	the snapshot from this file in the same format as
+	"trace" (described above in the section "The File
+	System"). Both reads snapshot and tracing are executable
+	in parallel. When the spare buffer is allocated, echoing
+	0 frees it, and echoing else (positive) values clear the
+	snapshot contents.
+	More details are shown in the table below.
+
+	status\input  |     0      |     1      |    else    |
+	--------------+------------+------------+------------+
+	not allocated |(do nothing)| alloc+swap |   EINVAL   |
+	--------------+------------+------------+------------+
+	allocated     |    free    |    swap    |   clear    |
+	--------------+------------+------------+------------+
+
+Here is an example of using the snapshot feature.
+
+ # echo 1 > events/sched/enable
+ # echo 1 > snapshot
+ # cat snapshot
+# tracer: nop
+#
+# entries-in-buffer/entries-written: 71/71   #P:8
+#
+#                              _-----=> irqs-off
+#                             / _----=> need-resched
+#                            | / _---=> hardirq/softirq
+#                            || / _--=> preempt-depth
+#                            ||| /     delay
+#           TASK-PID   CPU#  ||||    TIMESTAMP  FUNCTION
+#              | |       |   ||||       |         |
+          <idle>-0     [005] d...  2440.603828: sched_switch: prev_comm=swapper/5 prev_pid=0 prev_prio=120 prev_state=R ==> next_comm=snapshot-test-2 next_pid=2242 next_prio=120
+           sleep-2242  [005] d...  2440.603846: sched_switch: prev_comm=snapshot-test-2 prev_pid=2242 prev_prio=120 prev_state=R ==> next_comm=kworker/5:1 next_pid=60 next_prio=120
+[...]
+          <idle>-0     [002] d...  2440.707230: sched_switch: prev_comm=swapper/2 prev_pid=0 prev_prio=120 prev_state=R ==> next_comm=snapshot-test-2 next_pid=2229 next_prio=120
+
+ # cat trace
+# tracer: nop
+#
+# entries-in-buffer/entries-written: 77/77   #P:8
+#
+#                              _-----=> irqs-off
+#                             / _----=> need-resched
+#                            | / _---=> hardirq/softirq
+#                            || / _--=> preempt-depth
+#                            ||| /     delay
+#           TASK-PID   CPU#  ||||    TIMESTAMP  FUNCTION
+#              | |       |   ||||       |         |
+          <idle>-0     [007] d...  2440.707395: sched_switch: prev_comm=swapper/7 prev_pid=0 prev_prio=120 prev_state=R ==> next_comm=snapshot-test-2 next_pid=2243 next_prio=120
+ snapshot-test-2-2229  [002] d...  2440.707438: sched_switch: prev_comm=snapshot-test-2 prev_pid=2229 prev_prio=120 prev_state=S ==> next_comm=swapper/2 next_pid=0 next_prio=120
+[...]
+
+
+If you try to use this snapshot feature when current tracer is
+one of the latency tracers, you will get the following results.
+
+ # echo wakeup > current_tracer
+ # echo 1 > snapshot
+bash: echo: write error: Device or resource busy
+ # cat snapshot
+cat: snapshot: Device or resource busy
+
 -----------
 
 More details can be found in the source code, in the
diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt
index a4df5535996b..e0fa0ea2b187 100644
--- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt
+++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ kvm_run' (see below).
 4.11 KVM_GET_REGS
 
 Capability: basic
-Architectures: all
+Architectures: all except ARM
 Type: vcpu ioctl
 Parameters: struct kvm_regs (out)
 Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ struct kvm_regs {
 4.12 KVM_SET_REGS
 
 Capability: basic
-Architectures: all
+Architectures: all except ARM
 Type: vcpu ioctl
 Parameters: struct kvm_regs (in)
 Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
@@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ struct kvm_fpu {
 4.24 KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP
 
 Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP
-Architectures: x86, ia64
+Architectures: x86, ia64, ARM
 Type: vm ioctl
 Parameters: none
 Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
@@ -608,21 +608,39 @@ Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
 Creates an interrupt controller model in the kernel.  On x86, creates a virtual
 ioapic, a virtual PIC (two PICs, nested), and sets up future vcpus to have a
 local APIC.  IRQ routing for GSIs 0-15 is set to both PIC and IOAPIC; GSI 16-23
-only go to the IOAPIC.  On ia64, a IOSAPIC is created.
+only go to the IOAPIC.  On ia64, a IOSAPIC is created. On ARM, a GIC is
+created.
 
 
 4.25 KVM_IRQ_LINE
 
 Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP
-Architectures: x86, ia64
+Architectures: x86, ia64, arm
 Type: vm ioctl
 Parameters: struct kvm_irq_level
 Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
 
 Sets the level of a GSI input to the interrupt controller model in the kernel.
-Requires that an interrupt controller model has been previously created with
-KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP.  Note that edge-triggered interrupts require the level
-to be set to 1 and then back to 0.
+On some architectures it is required that an interrupt controller model has
+been previously created with KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP.  Note that edge-triggered
+interrupts require the level to be set to 1 and then back to 0.
+
+ARM can signal an interrupt either at the CPU level, or at the in-kernel irqchip
+(GIC), and for in-kernel irqchip can tell the GIC to use PPIs designated for
+specific cpus.  The irq field is interpreted like this:
+
+  bits:  | 31 ... 24 | 23  ... 16 | 15    ...    0 |
+  field: | irq_type  | vcpu_index |     irq_id     |
+
+The irq_type field has the following values:
+- irq_type[0]: out-of-kernel GIC: irq_id 0 is IRQ, irq_id 1 is FIQ
+- irq_type[1]: in-kernel GIC: SPI, irq_id between 32 and 1019 (incl.)
+               (the vcpu_index field is ignored)
+- irq_type[2]: in-kernel GIC: PPI, irq_id between 16 and 31 (incl.)
+
+(The irq_id field thus corresponds nicely to the IRQ ID in the ARM GIC specs)
+
+In both cases, level is used to raise/lower the line.
 
 struct kvm_irq_level {
 	union {
@@ -1775,6 +1793,27 @@ registers, find a list below:
   PPC   | KVM_REG_PPC_VPA_DTL   | 128
   PPC   | KVM_REG_PPC_EPCR	| 32
 
+ARM registers are mapped using the lower 32 bits.  The upper 16 of that
+is the register group type, or coprocessor number:
+
+ARM core registers have the following id bit patterns:
+  0x4002 0000 0010 <index into the kvm_regs struct:16>
+
+ARM 32-bit CP15 registers have the following id bit patterns:
+  0x4002 0000 000F <zero:1> <crn:4> <crm:4> <opc1:4> <opc2:3>
+
+ARM 64-bit CP15 registers have the following id bit patterns:
+  0x4003 0000 000F <zero:1> <zero:4> <crm:4> <opc1:4> <zero:3>
+
+ARM CCSIDR registers are demultiplexed by CSSELR value:
+  0x4002 0000 0011 00 <csselr:8>
+
+ARM 32-bit VFP control registers have the following id bit patterns:
+  0x4002 0000 0012 1 <regno:12>
+
+ARM 64-bit FP registers have the following id bit patterns:
+  0x4002 0000 0012 0 <regno:12>
+
 4.69 KVM_GET_ONE_REG
 
 Capability: KVM_CAP_ONE_REG
@@ -2127,6 +2166,88 @@ written, then `n_invalid' invalid entries, invalidating any previously
 valid entries found.
 
 
+4.77 KVM_ARM_VCPU_INIT
+
+Capability: basic
+Architectures: arm
+Type: vcpu ioctl
+Parameters: struct struct kvm_vcpu_init (in)
+Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error
+Errors:
+  EINVAL:    the target is unknown, or the combination of features is invalid.
+  ENOENT:    a features bit specified is unknown.
+
+This tells KVM what type of CPU to present to the guest, and what
+optional features it should have.  This will cause a reset of the cpu
+registers to their initial values.  If this is not called, KVM_RUN will
+return ENOEXEC for that vcpu.
+
+Note that because some registers reflect machine topology, all vcpus
+should be created before this ioctl is invoked.
+
+Possible features:
+	- KVM_ARM_VCPU_POWER_OFF: Starts the CPU in a power-off state.
+	  Depends on KVM_CAP_ARM_PSCI.
+
+
+4.78 KVM_GET_REG_LIST
+
+Capability: basic
+Architectures: arm
+Type: vcpu ioctl
+Parameters: struct kvm_reg_list (in/out)
+Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error
+Errors:
+  E2BIG:     the reg index list is too big to fit in the array specified by
+             the user (the number required will be written into n).
+
+struct kvm_reg_list {
+	__u64 n; /* number of registers in reg[] */
+	__u64 reg[0];
+};
+
+This ioctl returns the guest registers that are supported for the
+KVM_GET_ONE_REG/KVM_SET_ONE_REG calls.
+
+
+4.80 KVM_ARM_SET_DEVICE_ADDR
+
+Capability: KVM_CAP_ARM_SET_DEVICE_ADDR
+Architectures: arm
+Type: vm ioctl
+Parameters: struct kvm_arm_device_address (in)
+Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
+Errors:
+  ENODEV: The device id is unknown
+  ENXIO:  Device not supported on current system
+  EEXIST: Address already set
+  E2BIG:  Address outside guest physical address space
+  EBUSY:  Address overlaps with other device range
+
+struct kvm_arm_device_addr {
+	__u64 id;
+	__u64 addr;
+};
+
+Specify a device address in the guest's physical address space where guests
+can access emulated or directly exposed devices, which the host kernel needs
+to know about. The id field is an architecture specific identifier for a
+specific device.
+
+ARM divides the id field into two parts, a device id and an address type id
+specific to the individual device.
+
+  bits:  | 63        ...       32 | 31    ...    16 | 15    ...    0 |
+  field: |        0x00000000      |     device id   |  addr type id  |
+
+ARM currently only require this when using the in-kernel GIC support for the
+hardware VGIC features, using KVM_ARM_DEVICE_VGIC_V2 as the device id.  When
+setting the base address for the guest's mapping of the VGIC virtual CPU
+and distributor interface, the ioctl must be called after calling
+KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP, but before calling KVM_RUN on any of the VCPUs.  Calling
+this ioctl twice for any of the base addresses will return -EEXIST.
+
+
 5. The kvm_run structure
 ------------------------
 
diff --git a/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm b/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm
index 874a8ca93feb..cc62a95e4776 100644
--- a/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm
+++ b/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm
@@ -34,9 +34,16 @@ currently supported.  The driver also doesn't support reduced
 precision (which would also reduce the conversion time).
 
 The module parameter strong_pullup can be set to 0 to disable the
-strong pullup or 1 to enable.  If enabled the 5V strong pullup will be
-enabled when the conversion is taking place provided the master driver
-must support the strong pullup (or it falls back to a pullup
+strong pullup, 1 to enable autodetection or 2 to force strong pullup.
+In case of autodetection, the driver will use the "READ POWER SUPPLY"
+command to check if there are pariste powered devices on the bus.
+If so, it will activate the master's strong pullup.
+In case the detection of parasite devices using this command fails
+(seems to be the case with some DS18S20) the strong pullup can
+be force-enabled.
+If the strong pullup is enabled, the master's strong pullup will be
+driven when the conversion is taking place, provided the master driver
+does support the strong pullup (or it falls back to a pullup
 resistor).  The DS18b20 temperature sensor specification lists a
 maximum current draw of 1.5mA and that a 5k pullup resistor is not
 sufficient.  The strong pullup is designed to provide the additional
diff --git a/Documentation/x86/boot.txt b/Documentation/x86/boot.txt
index 406d82d5d2bb..b443f1de0e5a 100644
--- a/Documentation/x86/boot.txt
+++ b/Documentation/x86/boot.txt
@@ -57,6 +57,10 @@ Protocol 2.10:	(Kernel 2.6.31) Added a protocol for relaxed alignment
 Protocol 2.11:	(Kernel 3.6) Added a field for offset of EFI handover
 		protocol entry point.
 
+Protocol 2.12:	(Kernel 3.8) Added the xloadflags field and extension fields
+	 	to struct boot_params for for loading bzImage and ramdisk
+		above 4G in 64bit.
+
 **** MEMORY LAYOUT
 
 The traditional memory map for the kernel loader, used for Image or
@@ -182,7 +186,7 @@ Offset	Proto	Name		Meaning
 0230/4	2.05+	kernel_alignment Physical addr alignment required for kernel
 0234/1	2.05+	relocatable_kernel Whether kernel is relocatable or not
 0235/1	2.10+	min_alignment	Minimum alignment, as a power of two
-0236/2	N/A	pad3		Unused
+0236/2	2.12+	xloadflags	Boot protocol option flags
 0238/4	2.06+	cmdline_size	Maximum size of the kernel command line
 023C/4	2.07+	hardware_subarch Hardware subarchitecture
 0240/8	2.07+	hardware_subarch_data Subarchitecture-specific data
@@ -386,6 +390,7 @@ Protocol:	2.00+
 	F  Special		(0xFF = undefined)
        10  Reserved
        11  Minimal Linux Bootloader <http://sebastian-plotz.blogspot.de>
+       12  OVMF UEFI virtualization stack
 
   Please contact <hpa@zytor.com> if you need a bootloader ID
   value assigned.
@@ -582,6 +587,27 @@ Protocol:	2.10+
   misaligned kernel.  Therefore, a loader should typically try each
   power-of-two alignment from kernel_alignment down to this alignment.
 
+Field name:     xloadflags
+Type:           read
+Offset/size:    0x236/2
+Protocol:       2.12+
+
+  This field is a bitmask.
+
+  Bit 0 (read):	XLF_KERNEL_64
+	- If 1, this kernel has the legacy 64-bit entry point at 0x200.
+
+  Bit 1 (read): XLF_CAN_BE_LOADED_ABOVE_4G
+        - If 1, kernel/boot_params/cmdline/ramdisk can be above 4G.
+
+  Bit 2 (read):	XLF_EFI_HANDOVER_32
+	- If 1, the kernel supports the 32-bit EFI handoff entry point
+          given at handover_offset.
+
+  Bit 3 (read): XLF_EFI_HANDOVER_64
+	- If 1, the kernel supports the 64-bit EFI handoff entry point
+          given at handover_offset + 0x200.
+
 Field name:	cmdline_size
 Type:		read
 Offset/size:	0x238/4
diff --git a/Documentation/x86/zero-page.txt b/Documentation/x86/zero-page.txt
index cf5437deda81..199f453cb4de 100644
--- a/Documentation/x86/zero-page.txt
+++ b/Documentation/x86/zero-page.txt
@@ -19,6 +19,9 @@ Offset	Proto	Name		Meaning
 090/010	ALL	hd1_info	hd1 disk parameter, OBSOLETE!!
 0A0/010	ALL	sys_desc_table	System description table (struct sys_desc_table)
 0B0/010	ALL	olpc_ofw_header	OLPC's OpenFirmware CIF and friends
+0C0/004	ALL	ext_ramdisk_image ramdisk_image high 32bits
+0C4/004	ALL	ext_ramdisk_size  ramdisk_size high 32bits
+0C8/004	ALL	ext_cmd_line_ptr  cmd_line_ptr high 32bits
 140/080	ALL	edid_info	Video mode setup (struct edid_info)
 1C0/020	ALL	efi_info	EFI 32 information (struct efi_info)
 1E0/004	ALL	alk_mem_k	Alternative mem check, in KB
@@ -27,6 +30,7 @@ Offset	Proto	Name		Meaning
 1E9/001	ALL	eddbuf_entries	Number of entries in eddbuf (below)
 1EA/001	ALL	edd_mbr_sig_buf_entries	Number of entries in edd_mbr_sig_buffer
 				(below)
+1EF/001	ALL	sentinel	Used to detect broken bootloaders
 290/040	ALL	edd_mbr_sig_buffer EDD MBR signatures
 2D0/A00	ALL	e820_map	E820 memory map table
 				(array of struct e820entry)
diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/CodingStyle b/Documentation/zh_CN/CodingStyle
index ecd9307a641f..654afd72eb24 100644
--- a/Documentation/zh_CN/CodingStyle
+++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/CodingStyle
@@ -462,13 +462,6 @@ config AUDIT
 	  logging of avc messages output).  Does not do system-call
 	  auditing without CONFIG_AUDITSYSCALL.
 
-仍然被认为不够稳定的功能应该被定义为依赖于“EXPERIMENTAL”:
-
-config SLUB
-	depends on EXPERIMENTAL && !ARCH_USES_SLAB_PAGE_STRUCT
-	bool "SLUB (Unqueued Allocator)"
-	...
-
 而那些危险的功能(比如某些文件系统的写支持)应该在它们的提示字符串里显著的声明这
 一点:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt b/Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt
index 4263022f5002..2ebe539f5450 100644
--- a/Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt
+++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ SLAB_C_MAGIC          0x4f17a36d  kmem_cache        mm/slab.c
 COW_MAGIC             0x4f4f4f4d  cow_header_v1     arch/um/drivers/ubd_user.c
 I810_CARD_MAGIC       0x5072696E  i810_card         sound/oss/i810_audio.c
 TRIDENT_CARD_MAGIC    0x5072696E  trident_card      sound/oss/trident.c
-ROUTER_MAGIC          0x524d4157  wan_device        include/linux/wanrouter.h
+ROUTER_MAGIC          0x524d4157  wan_device        [in wanrouter.h pre 3.9]
 SCC_MAGIC             0x52696368  gs_port           drivers/char/scc.h
 SAVEKMSG_MAGIC1       0x53415645  savekmsg          arch/*/amiga/config.c
 GDA_MAGIC             0x58464552  gda               arch/mips/include/asm/sn/gda.h